summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2021-09-24 03:01:47 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2021-09-24 03:01:47 +0000
commit5d714d9476cbb90b125ff14a9d764ad90bb7c2ed (patch)
treeb426e6a4c96fc80fefa171542b39fd4725b7aea2 /macros/latex
parenta26e6aee249adb0efff5d0eecaa2dfb8794585a5 (diff)
CTAN sync 202109240301
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md13
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc-DE.pdfbin583023 -> 583401 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx84
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdfbin639634 -> 642026 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/CHANGES67
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/README4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdfbin1374458 -> 1387050 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html18952
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdfbin801550 -> 818478 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex179
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx906
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.pdfbin537732 -> 556798 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbrv.pdfbin44753 -> 47272 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-accsupp.pdfbin82844 -> 83788 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-acronym-desc.pdfbin50363 -> 53686 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-acronym.pdfbin36739 -> 39250 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alias.pdfbin43869 -> 46970 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-altmodifier.pdfbin35301 -> 37816 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdfbin90995 -> 94539 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree-sym.pdfbin69534 -> 74492 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-alttree.pdfbin54920 -> 58146 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdfbin141398 -> 147083 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-autoindex.pdfbin160937 -> 171657 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-crossref.pdfbin41287 -> 44640 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-crossref2.pdfbin41613 -> 44943 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-docdef.pdfbin45256 -> 48587 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-entrycount.pdfbin54617 -> 58670 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-external.pdfbin34181 -> 36694 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-fmt.pdfbin75259 -> 89113 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-footnote.pdfbin63227 -> 68245 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-header.pdfbin125913 -> 135383 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-indexhook.pdfbin42721 -> 46049 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-initialisms.pdfbin81588 -> 87251 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-linkcount.pdfbin38230 -> 40776 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdfbin57823 -> 62798 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixedsort.pdfbin45155 -> 48427 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-mixture.pdfbin159361 -> 169231 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-name-font.pdfbin224741 -> 214732 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-nested.pdfbin67732 -> 72406 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdfbin47583 -> 50840 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onelink.pdfbin44513 -> 25876 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdfbin106065 -> 111705 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdfbin19644 -> 19673 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-onthefly.pdfbin43482 -> 46377 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-pages.pdfbin38802 -> 41301 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-postdot.pdfbin37059 -> 39567 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-postlink.pdfbin67884 -> 73859 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-prefix.pdfbin33119 -> 35615 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-record-nameref.pdfbin71307 -> 76228 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-record.pdfbin50225 -> 53526 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdfbin47895 -> 51149 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-hyp.pdfbin34937 -> 37492 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdfbin46396 -> 49676 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl-main.pdfbin31607 -> 34110 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-suppl.pdfbin13423 -> 14259 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-trans.pdfbin49449 -> 53230 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-undef.pdfbin33226 -> 35740 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-unitentrycount.pdfbin61049 -> 64568 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample.pdfbin45741 -> 48278 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/CHANGES106
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/README.md4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdfbin1234267 -> 1570009 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.html42141
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdfbin1242843 -> 1288797 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex4251
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.dtx9096
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.ins10
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html1750
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdfbin190682 -> 199351 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html252
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdfbin143122 -> 150980 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex2
-rwxr-xr-xmacros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries53
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.14
-rwxr-xr-xmacros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua55
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries.14
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdfbin248669 -> 253763 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdfbin49022 -> 52292 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdfbin37957 -> 40465 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdfbin33649 -> 36154 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdfbin29939 -> 32446 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdfbin58811 -> 63852 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdfbin54816 -> 57374 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdfbin56716 -> 60867 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdfbin82179 -> 87966 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdfbin52797 -> 56062 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdfbin36452 -> 38963 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdfbin36834 -> 39340 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdfbin34899 -> 37408 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdfbin50704 -> 54892 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdfbin31808 -> 34318 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdfbin43377 -> 45918 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdfbin147218 -> 158386 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdfbin38866 -> 41705 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdfbin39193 -> 41704 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdfbin96319 -> 102938 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdfbin67184 -> 71472 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdfbin41742 -> 45042 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdfbin42099 -> 44612 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdfbin46274 -> 48819 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdfbin21710 -> 23394 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdfbin39894 -> 42402 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdfbin37660 -> 40167 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample.pdfbin119797 -> 128521 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdfbin43324 -> 46610 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdfbin65501 -> 68921 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdfbin92746 -> 99395 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdfbin151105 -> 160568 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdfbin47803 -> 51300 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdfbin48390 -> 50967 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdfbin156042 -> 167759 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdfbin169258 -> 181669 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdfbin148773 -> 158228 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdfbin98406 -> 106521 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdfbin47455 -> 50000 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdfbin65663 -> 69922 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdfbin94924 -> 102149 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdfbin81351 -> 86117 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdfbin37201 -> 39707 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdfbin60191 -> 72397 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdfbin44940 -> 47778 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdfbin133114 -> 144709 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdfbin68389 -> 73171 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.pdfbin178189 -> 191382 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/Changes1
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/after1s1c.pdfbin80294 -> 80294 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/after2s2c.pdfbin86722 -> 86720 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/capPos.pdfbin95389 -> 95390 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/default1s1c.pdfbin81991 -> 81992 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/default1s2c.pdfbin83275 -> 83375 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/default2s1c.pdfbin79445 -> 79445 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/default2s2c.pdfbin85824 -> 85825 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/doublepage2s1c.pdfbin2314853 -> 2317102 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/doublepage2s2c.pdfbin619030 -> 619035 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/even1s1c.pdfbin77658 -> 77658 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/even1s2c.pdfbin86404 -> 86404 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/even2s1c.pdfbin84813 -> 84815 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/even2s2c.pdfbin85098 -> 85100 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/fullpage1s2c.pdfbin86773 -> 86778 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/inner1s2c.pdfbin84020 -> 84024 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/inner2s1c.pdfbin83977 -> 83979 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/inner2s2c.pdfbin84013 -> 84014 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/left2s2c.pdfbin85512 -> 85511 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/multi-after1s1c.pdfbin142624 -> 142627 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/multi-default1s1c.pdfbin146172 -> 146171 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/multi-default1s2c.pdfbin94586 -> 94585 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/multi-default2s1c.pdfbin146343 -> 146344 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/multi-default2s2c.pdfbin92182 -> 92184 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/multi-inner2s2c.pdfbin89784 -> 89789 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/multi-outer2s2c.pdfbin92984 -> 92987 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/multi-right1s1c.pdfbin145736 -> 145742 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/odd1s1c.pdfbin77805 -> 77806 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/odd1s1c.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/odd1s2c.pdfbin86523 -> 86525 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/odd2s1c.pdfbin174218 -> 174218 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/odd2s2c.pdfbin85566 -> 85567 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/outer1s2c.pdfbin86318 -> 86320 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/outer2s1c.pdfbin84292 -> 84295 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/outer2s2c.pdfbin84680 -> 84682 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/paper-after1s1c.pdfbin79267 -> 79176 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/paper-default1s1c.pdfbin79967 -> 79887 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/paper-default1s2c.pdfbin90508 -> 90508 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/paper-default2s1c.pdfbin87935 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/paper-default2s1c.tex81
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/paper-default2s2c.pdfbin90332 -> 90333 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/paper-inner2s2c.pdfbin87855 -> 87859 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/paper-right1s1c.pdfbin80290 -> 80205 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/right1s1c.pdfbin80126 -> 80126 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/right1s2c.pdfbin89340 -> 89342 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/right2s1c.pdfbin81033 -> 81033 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/right2s2c.pdfbin85585 -> 85585 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/sub-after1s1c.pdfbin143952 -> 143893 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/sub-after2s2c.pdfbin144771 -> 144709 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/sub-default1s1c.pdfbin144003 -> 144111 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/sub-default1s2c.pdfbin144217 -> 144341 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/sub-default2s2c.pdfbin143517 -> 143647 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/sub-right1s1c.pdfbin143873 -> 143826 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/sub-right1s2c.pdfbin144879 -> 144812 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/sub-right2s2c.pdfbin144315 -> 144268 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/wide1s2c.pdfbin120949 -> 120954 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/examples/wide2s2c.pdfbin121917 -> 121929 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/hvfloat.pdfbin5722430 -> 7126768 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/images/felsen-wasser-small.pdfbin1362739 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/images/missing.txt4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/doc/images/sonne-meer.jpgbin501524 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/latex/hvfloat-fps.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hvfloat/latex/hvfloat.sty112
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/membranecomputing/membranecomputing.pdfbin267458 -> 275518 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/membranecomputing/membranecomputing.sty25
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/membranecomputing/membranecomputing.tex20
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/xmpincl/xmpincl.dtx18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/xmpincl/xmpincl.ins4
194 files changed, 45618 insertions, 32596 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md
index b6fd46940a..2ac0559259 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/README.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<!-- -->
- Source: etoc.dtx (v1.09d)
+ Source: etoc.dtx (v1.09e)
Author: Jean-Francois Burnol
Author: Christine Roemer et al. (German tranlation)
Info: Completely customisable TOCs
@@ -107,8 +107,17 @@ etoc.pdf, etoc-DE.pdf, etoc.dvi, etoc-DE.dvi.
RECENT CHANGES
==============
+v1.09e \[2021/09/23\]
+---------------------
+
+Needed (if etoc is used without hyperref) updates to
+internal macros to prepare for the upcoming LaTeX November
+2021 change to `\contentsline`.
+
+Related updates to the user macro `\etoctoccontentsline`.
+
v1.09d \[2021/07/13\]
--------------------------
+---------------------
Some minor synching with tableof 1.4c.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc-DE.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc-DE.pdf
index 6a2b623e0f..a9faaa3b06 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc-DE.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc-DE.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx
index 9a0fc5716a..ed175a0bab 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.dtx
@@ -2,12 +2,12 @@
% N.B.: this dtx file is NOT for use with \DocInput. The latex source of the
% user manual is not prefixed with percent signs.
%<*none>
-\def\etocdtxtimestamp {Time-stamp: <13-07-2021 at 10:15:28 CEST>}%
+\def\etocdtxtimestamp {Time-stamp: <23-09-2021 at 19:28:24 CEST>}%
%</none>
%<*!readme>
%%
%% Package: etoc
-%% Version: 1.09d
+%% Version: 1.09e
%% License: LPPL 1.3c
%% Copyright (C) 2012-2021 Jean-Francois Burnol
%% <jfbu at free dot fr>
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@
%% (translation into German of the documentation)
%</!readme>
%<*none>
-\def\etocpkgdate {2021/07/13}
-\def\etocdocdate {2021/07/13}
-\def\etocpkgversion {v1.09d}
+\def\etocpkgdate {2021/09/23}
+\def\etocdocdate {2021/09/23}
+\def\etocpkgversion {v1.09e}
\def\etocpkgdescription {Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)}
-\def\etocDEpkgdate {13.07.2021}% METTRE À JOUR À CHAQUE BUMP!
-\def\etocDEdocdate {13.07.2021}
+\def\etocDEpkgdate {23.09.2021}% METTRE À JOUR À CHAQUE BUMP!
+\def\etocDEdocdate {23.09.2021}
\def\etocDEDEdocdate {09.04.2015}%
\def\etocDEDEpkgversion {v1.08d}%
% Definition of \etocLicense
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
\catcode32=13\catcode`\\=12^^Brelax^^A
^^Bfirstofone{^^Bendgroup^^Bdef^^BetocLicense^^A
{% Package: etoc
-% Version: 1.09d
+% Version: 1.09e
% License: LPPL 1.3c
% Copyright (C) 2012-2021 Jean-Francois Burnol <jfbu at free dot fr>
% Copyright (C) 2014-2015 Christine Roemer and collaborators
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
%<*readme>
<!-- -->
- Source: etoc.dtx (v1.09d)
+ Source: etoc.dtx (v1.09e)
Author: Jean-Francois Burnol
Author: Christine Roemer et al. (German tranlation)
Info: Completely customisable TOCs
@@ -174,8 +174,17 @@ etoc.pdf, etoc-DE.pdf, etoc.dvi, etoc-DE.dvi.
RECENT CHANGES
==============
+v1.09e \[2021/09/23\]
+---------------------
+
+Needed (if etoc is used without hyperref) updates to
+internal macros to prepare for the upcoming LaTeX November
+2021 change to `\contentsline`.
+
+Related updates to the user macro `\etoctoccontentsline`.
+
v1.09d \[2021/07/13\]
--------------------------
+---------------------
Some minor synching with tableof 1.4c.
@@ -10631,7 +10640,15 @@ Dokumentation erzeugt von der Quelldatei mit dem Stempel
\begin{multicols}{2}
\begin{jfverbatim}
-v1.09d [2021/07/13]^
+v1.09e [2021/09/23]^
+
+ Needed (if etoc is used without hyperref) updates to
+ internal macros to prepare for the upcoming LaTeX November
+ 2021 change to \contentsline.
+
+ Related updates to the user macro \etoctoccontentsline.
+
+~v1.09d [2021/07/13]^
Some minor synching with tableof 1.4c.
@@ -11363,6 +11380,13 @@ v1.09d [2021/07/13]^
% |\Etoc@etoccontentsline|.
%
% |1.08i| as a |fourorthree| rather than as formerly a |sixorfive|.
+%
+% \LaTeX\ of November 2021 will have its |\contentsline| always grab four
+% arguments. So we must adjust |\Etoc@et@hop| et al., else usage of \etoc
+% without hyperref will be broken. Done at |1.09e 2021/09/23|.
+%
+% Side note to myself: I see there is now a |\@gobblethree| in latex.ltx and
+% I wonder since when. No time to lose on checking that.
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
\@ifpackageloaded{parskip}{\Etoc@parskiptrue}{}%
@@ -11371,6 +11395,10 @@ v1.09d [2021/07/13]^
\long\def\Etoc@gobblefourorthree#1#2#3#4{}}
{\def\Etoc@et@hop#1#2#3#4{#2{#3}{#4}#1}%
\long\def\Etoc@gobblefourorthree#1#2#3{}}%
+\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2021/11/15}{%
+ \def\Etoc@et@hop#1#2#3#4#5{#2{#3}{#4}{#5}#1}%
+ \let\Etoc@gobblefourorthree\@gobblefour
+ }{}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% |2015/03/08| One has to be careful about the |Etoc@end@<level>| user
@@ -11709,7 +11737,15 @@ v1.09d [2021/07/13]^
% opt for global definitions of |\etocname| and the like, thus use
% freely |&| and other group closing things. Also, some care has been
% put into doing only expandable things after expansion of the
-% \meta{prefix} and \meta{contents} parts of a sectioning unit style.
+% \meta{prefix} and \meta{contents} parts of a sectioning unit
+% style.
+%
+% |1.09e| prepares for LaTeX November 2021 upcoming release
+% whose |\contentsline| will always grab four arguments whether or
+% not hyperref is loaded. The |\Etoc@et@hop| definition done at
+% begin document must now swap the same number of arguments
+% whether or not hyperref is loaded (else \etoc would be broken in
+% absence of hyperref).
% \begin{macrocode}
\Etoc@et@hop{\Etoc@prefix\Etoc@contents}{\Etoc@savedcontentsline{#1}}%
}
@@ -13465,16 +13501,32 @@ v1.09d [2021/07/13]^
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% placeholder for comments
+% \LaTeX\ 2021 fall release lets |\contentsline| always grab four arguments,
+% so with |1.09e 2021/09/23| we make sure our |\addtocontents| will always
+% provide |\contentsline| with four arguments. This extra |{}| is done
+% without checking LaTeX's version by laziness, as an impact on documents
+% compiled with former LaTeX could be visible only with very special contexts
+% that only the author himself would ever consider.
+%
+% Let's also add |\protected@file@percent| at |1.09e| although this is a
+% priori of no relevance as \etoc reads the toc file with |\endlinechar=-1|
+% regime.
+%
+% When using |\addcontentsline| nothing needs to be done as both things are
+% handled by \LaTeX\ upstream.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\Etoc@addtocontents #1#2%
{\ifEtoc@hyperref
\addtocontents {toc}{\protect\contentsline
{#1}{#2}%
- {\thepage }{\@currentHref }}%
+ {\thepage }{\@currentHref }%
+ \ifdefined\protected@file@percent\protected@file@percent\fi
+ }%
\else
\addtocontents {toc}{\protect\contentsline
- {#1}{#2}{\thepage }}%
+ {#1}{#2}{\thepage }{}%
+ \ifdefined\protected@file@percent\protected@file@percent\fi
+ }%
\fi}
\def\Etoc@addcontentsline@ #1#2#3%
{\@namedef{toclevel@#1}{#3}%
@@ -13735,7 +13787,7 @@ v1.09d [2021/07/13]^
Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-\CheckSum{3513}%
+\CheckSum{3528}%
\csname check@checksum\endcsname
\Finale
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf
index 7ed8db0803..7189d96cea 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/etoc/etoc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/CHANGES b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
index ea884160d6..ca2536846a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
@@ -1,3 +1,70 @@
+1.46 (2021-09-20):
+
+ * Test bib files added to provide bib2gls support for the
+ corresponding test files added to glossaries v4.47:
+
+ example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib
+ example-glossaries-longchild.bib
+
+ * glossaries-extra.sty:
+
+ - Package option record=alsoindex is has been changed to record=hybrid
+ (alsoindex is now a deprecated synonym).
+
+ This name change is to avoid ambiguity. The "alsoindex" refers to not
+ only adding records to the aux file (for bib2gls) but also indexing
+ using the more conventional makeindex/xindy route. This hybrid approach
+ is provided for the rare instances where an existing xindy
+ rule or module is too complicated to convert to a bib2gls rule but the
+ entries need to be fetched from a bib file. There's
+ no benefit in using this option with makeindex.
+
+ - Altered the warning text if \printglossary (or
+ \printglossaries) is omitted with record=hybrid (since the
+ default text with \makeglossaries provided by glossaries.sty
+ assumes no bib2gls).
+
+ - Bug fix #175: https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=175
+ (Spurious space with hyperoutside being false in math mode)
+
+ This is actually a bug in \@glsxtrsetaliasnoindex which
+ introduced unwanted scoping in v1.21 when \ifglshasfield (which
+ doesn't add grouping) was replaced with the unstarred version of
+ \glsxtrifhasfield (which does). This was causing
+ \glsxtrsetaliasnoindex to be scoped so it no longer had any
+ effect but it also introduced {} which only makes a noticeable
+ visual difference under very specific circumstances, such as
+ the one in the bug report.
+
+ - replaced some instances of \edef with \protected@edef when
+ defining control sequences that store labels or lists of
+ labels. Similarly for \xdef and \eappto. (Aiming towards support
+ for UTF-8 characters in labels with PDFLaTeX, but may not be fully
+ implemented so not yet documented.)
+
+ Note that letter group formations using TeX
+ (\printnoidxglossary or \printunsrtglossary without bib2gls) still
+ don't work if the sort value starts with a UTF-8 character with
+ PDFLaTeX. (This is also a limitation of makeindex regardless of
+ the TeX engine.)
+
+ * glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty:
+
+ - Bug fix #181: https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=181
+ (stylemods alttree introduces a space at the start of descriptions)
+
+ New commands have now been added to replace the use of
+ \glstreepredesc and \glstreechildpredesc (which were causing
+ the problem): \glsalttreepredesc and \glsalttreechildpredesc
+
+ * glossary-topic.sty:
+
+ - Bug fix #176: https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=176
+ (Last displayed topic subitem has invalid indentation)
+
+ - Bug fix #182: https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=182
+ (topic style doesn't retain hangindent for multi-paragraph descriptions)
+
1.45 (2020-04-01):
* glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/README b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/README
index 8c1893e335..f61f7ca805 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/README
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/README
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.45 (2020-04-01)
+LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.46 (2021-09-20)
Author : Nicola Talbot
https://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
See http://www.ctan.org/license/lppl1.3
for the details of that license.
-Copyright 2015-2020 Nicola Talbot
+Copyright 2015-2021 Nicola Talbot
DESCRIPTION
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
index a7bac16a1d..350f8ec1b9 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
index a01186aa3d..8f52130edf 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@
>
<head><title></title>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
<!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 -->
<meta name="src" content="glossaries-extra-manual.tex" />
@@ -34,6 +34,10 @@
.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
.cmr-9{font-size:90%;}
.cmss-8{font-size:80%; font-family: sans-serif;}
.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
@@ -45,10 +49,6 @@
.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
.cmti-10{ font-style: italic;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
.cmitt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace; font-style: italic;}
.cmmi-9{font-size:90%;font-style: italic;}
.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}
@@ -66,15 +66,19 @@ p.indent{text-indent:0;}
p + p{margin-top:1em;}
p + div, p + pre {margin-top:1em;}
div + p, pre + p {margin-top:1em;}
+a { overflow-wrap: break-word; word-wrap: break-word; word-break: break-word; hyphens: auto; }
@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}
a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }
center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
.Canvas { position:relative; }
img.math{vertical-align:middle;}
+div.par-math-display, div.math-display{text-align:center;}
li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }
li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
+li p:first-child{ margin-bottom; }
li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+li p:first-child{ margin-bottom:0; }
li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; }
.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}
.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}
@@ -88,7 +92,7 @@ div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}
.centerline {text-align:center;}
.rightline {text-align:right;}
-div.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; }
+pre.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; text-align:left; clear:both; }
.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
div.fbox {display:table}
div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
@@ -159,19 +163,18 @@ p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom
p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}
.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}
-.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; text-align:justify;}
.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}
div.maketitle {text-align:center;}
h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}
div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }
div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}
div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }
-.quotation {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }
h1.partHead{text-align: center}
-.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
+div.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
div.abstract {width:100%;}
+.abstracttitle{text-align:center;margin-bottom:1em;}
.alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; }
-.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; }
+.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; font-family:monospace,monospace; }
.equation td{text-align:center; }
.equation-star td{text-align:center; }
table.equation-star { width:100%; }
@@ -219,12 +222,12 @@ a span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{text-decoration:none;}
>
<!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" >
</p><!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.45: an extension to the</span>
+class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.46: an extension to the</span>
<span
class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span>
</p>
<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+
><colgroup id="TBL-1-1g"><col
id="TBL-1-1" /></colgroup><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-1-1"
@@ -243,7 +246,7 @@ href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span
class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table>
</div>
<!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-12">2020-04-01</span></p></div>
+class="cmr-12">2021-09-20</span></p></div>
<div
class="abstract"
>
@@ -252,11 +255,10 @@ class="abstract"
</p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 237--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 237--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span></p></div>
+ <h3 class="abstracttitle">
+<span
+class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span>
+</h3>
<!--l. 238--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package is an extension to the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, providing
@@ -278,12 +280,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files for use with
id="dx1-2"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.
+</p><!--l. 252--><p class="indent" > <span
+class="cmbx-10">The </span><span
+class="cmssbx-10">glossaries-extra </span><span
+class="cmbx-10">package uses a different set of defaults to the base</span>
+<span
+class="cmssbx-10">glossaries </span><span
+class="cmbx-10">package. </span>See the Introduction for more details.
+</p><!--l. 254--><p class="indent" >
</p>
</div>
-<!--l. 253--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span
+<!--l. 256--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>internally loads the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you also need to have
<span
@@ -313,36 +323,42 @@ example, <a
href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution" >How do I update my TeX&#x00A0;distribution?</a> or <a
href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux" >Updating TeX&#x00A0;on Linux</a>.)
</div>
-</p><!--l. 268--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 270--><p class="indent" > Additional resources: </p>
+</p><!--l. 271--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 273--><p class="indent" > Additional resources: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">The <span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 275--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>documented code <a
href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf" >glossaries-extra-code.pdf</a>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The <a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 278--><p class="noindent" >The <a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries-extra" ><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>gallery</a>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 281--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <a
id="dx1-11"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide.
(<a
href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls-begin.pdf</span></a>).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 285--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the
document build</a>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The <a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 289--><p class="noindent" >The <a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/software/bib2gls" ><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> application.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The base <a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 293--><p class="noindent" >The base <a
href="https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></a> package.</li></ul>
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></a> package.</p></li></ul>
@@ -479,15 +495,15 @@ href="#glossary">Glossary</a></span>
-<!--l. 295--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a
+<!--l. 298--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a
id="sec:intro"></a>Introduction</h2>
-</p><!--l. 298--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 301--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is a flexible package, but it&#8217;s also a heavy-weight package
that uses a lot of resources. As package developer, I&#8217;m caught between those users
who complain about the drawbacks of a heavy-weight package with a large user
manual and those users who want more features (which necessarily adds to the
package weight and manual size).
-</p><!--l. 305--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 308--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package is an attempt to provide a&#x00A0;compromise for this
conflict. Version 4.22 of the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is the last version to incorporate new
@@ -503,10 +519,10 @@ of package loading time and allocation of resources, but those users who do want
extra features available will have more of a chance of getting their feature requests
accepted.
</p>
-<!--l. 319--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 322--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1 </span> <a
id="sec:defaults"></a>Package Defaults</h3>
-<!--l. 322--><p class="noindent" >I&#8217;m not happy with some of the default settings assumed by the <span
+<!--l. 325--><p class="noindent" >I&#8217;m not happy with some of the default settings assumed by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package,
and, judging from code I&#8217;ve seen, other users also seem unhappy with them, as
certain package options are often used in questions posted on various sites. I can&#8217;t
@@ -516,9 +532,10 @@ but since <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is a separate package, I have decided to implement some of
these commonly-used options by default. You can switch them back if they&#8217;re not
appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 332--><p class="indent" > The new defaults are: </p>
+</p><!--l. 335--><p class="indent" > The new defaults are: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 337--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.toc"><span
class="cmss-10">toc</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
@@ -528,8 +545,9 @@ class="cmss-10">toc</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
id="dx1-3002"></a> to
switch this back off.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 340--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
@@ -543,8 +561,9 @@ href="#styopt.postdot"><span
class="cmss-10">postdot</span></a><a
id="dx1-3005"></a> to restore the
terminating full stop (period).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 345--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.noredefwarn"><span
class="cmss-10">noredefwarn</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
@@ -564,8 +583,12 @@ class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has already been loaded
before you use the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">If <span
+
+
+
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 352--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
id="dx1-3010"></a> has been loaded, the <a
href="#styopt.translate"><span
@@ -582,172 +605,236 @@ class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
change to the default if <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
id="dx1-3014"></a> hasn&#8217;t been loaded.
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 357--><p class="noindent" >The default style used by <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-3015"></a> is <a
+href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
+class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
+ id="dx1-3016"></a>. (That is, the long
+ form is not shown on <a
+ id="dx1-3017"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.)
+</p>
</li></ul>
-
-
-
-<!--l. 356--><p class="indent" > The examples below illustrate the difference in explicit package options between
+<!--l. 363--><p class="indent" > The examples below illustrate the difference in explicit package options between
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. There may be other differences resulting from
modifications to commands provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(see <a
href="#sec:modifications"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2 </a><a
-href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing
-Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 362--><p class="indent" >
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:modifications
+</a><a
+href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>).
+</p><!--l. 369--><p class="indent" >
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-3016x1">
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-3019x1">
+ <!--l. 370--><p class="noindent" >Basic defaults:
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
\documentclass{article}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 367--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 374--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
\documentclass{article}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 373--><p class="nopar" >
+ \usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 380--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-3018x2">
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-3021x2">
+ <!--l. 382--><p class="noindent" >Language defaults:
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
\documentclass[british]{article}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 380--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+ \usepackage{babel}
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 387--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
\documentclass[british]{article}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot,translate=babel]{glossaries}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 387--><p class="nopar" >
+ \usepackage{babel}
+ \usepackage[toc,nopostdot,translate=babel]{glossaries}
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 394--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-3020x3">
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-3023x3">
+ <!--l. 396--><p class="noindent" >Combined with <span
+class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a
+ id="dx1-3024"></a>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
\documentclass{memoir}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 393--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 400--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
\documentclass{memoir}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot,noredefwarn]{glossaries}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 399--><p class="nopar" > <span
+ \usepackage[toc,nopostdot,noredefwarn]{glossaries}
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 406--><p class="nopar" > <span
class="cmti-10">However</span>
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
\documentclass{memoir}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 405--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+ \usepackage{glossaries}
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 412--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
\documentclass{memoir}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
- &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
- <!--l. 411--><p class="nopar" > Since by the time <span
+ \usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 418--><p class="nopar" > Since by the time <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has been loaded, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>has already
redefined <span
class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a
- id="dx1-3021"></a>&#8217;s glossary-related commands.</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 417--><p class="indent" > Another noticeable change is that by default <span
+ id="dx1-3025"></a>&#8217;s glossary-related commands.
+ </p></li>
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-3027x4">
+ <!--l. 423--><p class="noindent" >Abbreviations are defined with <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \newabbreviation{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
+ \begin{document}
+ First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.&#x00A0;Explicit&#x00A0;full&#x00A0;form:&#x00A0;\glsxtrfull{svm}.
+ \end{document}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 430--><p class="nopar" > This is the closest to:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
+ \usepackage{glossaries}
+ \newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
+ \begin{document}
+ First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.&#x00A0;Explicit&#x00A0;full&#x00A0;form:&#x00A0;\acrfull{svm}.
+ \end{document}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 438--><p class="nopar" > If you want to continue using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>then you will need to change the
+ style for the <span
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-3028"></a> category:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
+ \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
+ \newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
+ \begin{document}
+ First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.&#x00A0;Explicit&#x00A0;full&#x00A0;form:&#x00A0;\glsxtrfull{svm}.
+ \end{document}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 448--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 451--><p class="indent" > Another noticeable change is that by default <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>will now display
information text in the document if the external glossary file doesn&#8217;t exist. This is
explanatory text to help new users who can&#8217;t work out what to do next to complete
the document build. Once the document is set up correctly and the external files have
been generated, this text will disappear.
-</p><!--l. 424--><p class="indent" > This change is mostly likely to be noticed by users with one or more
+</p><!--l. 458--><p class="indent" > This change is mostly likely to be noticed by users with one or more
redundant empty glossaries who ignore transcript messages, explicitly use
<a
- id="dx1-3022"></a><a
+ id="dx1-3029"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>/<a
- id="dx1-3023"></a><a
+ id="dx1-3030"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> on just the non-empty glossary (or glossaries) and use the iterative
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-3024"></a> command instead of <span
+ id="dx1-3031"></a> command instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-3025"></a>. For example, consider the
+ id="dx1-3032"></a>. For example, consider the
following:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
-&#x00A0;<br />emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{laser}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 448--><p class="nopar" > The above document will only display the list of acronyms at the place where
+\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries
+\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
+emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{laser}
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 482--><p class="nopar" > The above document will only display the list of acronyms at the place where
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-3026"></a> occurs. However it will also attempt to input the <span
+ id="dx1-3033"></a> occurs. However it will also attempt to input the <span
class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>file
associated with the <span
class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary.
-</p><!--l. 454--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
- id="dx1-3027"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 488--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
+ id="dx1-3034"></a><a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a>, you&#8217;ll get the warning message:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
Warning:&#x00A0;File&#x00A0;'test.glo'&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;empty.
-&#x00A0;<br />Have&#x00A0;you&#x00A0;used&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;'main'?
-&#x00A0;<br />Remember&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;package&#x00A0;option&#x00A0;'nomain'&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;you
-&#x00A0;<br />don't&#x00A0;want&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary.
-</div>
-<!--l. 460--><p class="nopar" > (where the original file is called <span
+Have&#x00A0;you&#x00A0;used&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;'main'?
+Remember&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;package&#x00A0;option&#x00A0;'nomain'&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;you
+don't&#x00A0;want&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 494--><p class="nopar" > (where the original file is called <span
class="cmtt-10">test.tex</span>) but if you simply call <a
- id="dx1-3028"></a><a
+ id="dx1-3035"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> directly
to generate the <span
@@ -758,64 +845,66 @@ transcript file will always contain the message:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
No&#x00A0;file&#x00A0;test.gls.
-</div>
-<!--l. 467--><p class="nopar" > This doesn&#8217;t occur with <a
- id="dx1-3029"></a><a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 501--><p class="nopar" > This doesn&#8217;t occur with <a
+ id="dx1-3036"></a><a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> as it will create the <span
class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>file containing
the single command <span
class="cmtt-10">\null</span>.
-</p><!--l. 471--><p class="indent" > If you simply change from <span
+</p><!--l. 505--><p class="indent" > If you simply change from <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>in this document, you&#8217;ll
find a change in the resulting PDF if you don&#8217;t use <a
- id="dx1-3030"></a><span
+ id="dx1-3037"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>and you only
generate the <span
class="cmtt-10">.acr </span>file with <a
- id="dx1-3031"></a><a
+ id="dx1-3038"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 476--><p class="indent" > The transcript file will still contain the message about the missing <span
+</p><!--l. 510--><p class="indent" > The transcript file will still contain the message about the missing <span
class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>, but now
you&#8217;ll also see information in the actual PDF document. The simplest remedy is to
follow the advice inserted into the document at that point, which is to add the
<a
href="#styopt.nomain"><span
class="cmss-10">nomain</span></a><a
- id="dx1-3032"></a> package option:
+ id="dx1-3039"></a> package option:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[nomain,acronym,postdot]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
-&#x00A0;<br />emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{laser}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 500--><p class="nopar" > (Note the need to set the acronym style using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle </span>before
-<span
+\usepackage[nomain,acronym,postdot]{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
+\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
+emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{laser}
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 534--><p class="nopar" > (Note the need to set the acronym style using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span>
+before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. See <a
href="#sec:abbreviations"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>4 </a><a
-href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 505--><p class="noindent" >
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbreviations </a><a
+href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a> for further
+details.)
+</p><!--l. 539--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 505--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 539--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2 </span> <a
id="sec:pkgopts"></a>New or Modified Package Options</h3>
-<!--l. 508--><p class="noindent" >If you haven&#8217;t already loaded <span
+<!--l. 542--><p class="noindent" >If you haven&#8217;t already loaded <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you can use any of the package options
provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>when you load <span
@@ -830,26 +919,28 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span><a
remember that not all of the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options may be used in that
command.
-</p><!--l. 516--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section only lists options that are either unrecognised by the <span
+</p><!--l. 550--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section only lists options that are either unrecognised by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package or are a modified version of options of the same name provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
See the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual for details about the unmodified options.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 522--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 524--><p class="indent" > The new and modified options provided by <span
+</p><!--l. 556--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 558--><p class="indent" > The new and modified options provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are described
below:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.debug"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">debug</span><a
- id="dx1-4002"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">The <span
+ id="dx1-4002"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has a <span
class="cmss-10">debug </span>option that allows the values <span
class="cmss-10">false</span>,
@@ -865,7 +956,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.32, so if you want to use this option with
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you
must make sure that your version of <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>supports it.
- <!--l. 537--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 571--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package extends this option to provide the additional
values <a
href="#styopt.debug"><span
@@ -876,7 +967,7 @@ href="#styopt.debug"><span
class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=all</span><a
id="dx1-4005"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 541--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+ </p><!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" >The <a
href="#styopt.debug"><span
class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=showwrgloss</span><a
@@ -885,16 +976,16 @@ href="#styopt.debug"><span
class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
id="dx1-4007"></a> and uses
- </p><!--l. 543--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 577--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-4008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwrglossmark </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 545--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 579--><p class="noindent" >
to show a mark <span
class="cmsy-10">&#x22C5; </span>just before the write operation performed by the
indexing commands. If you use <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
id="dx1-4009"></a> there will be a mark
for the write operation to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file for <a
@@ -909,7 +1000,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or
id="dx1-4012"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>.
- </p><!--l. 553--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+ </p><!--l. 587--><p class="noindent" >The <a
href="#styopt.debug"><span
class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=all</span><a
@@ -924,35 +1015,42 @@ class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=showwrgloss</span><a
id="dx1-4015"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 590--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.postdot"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">postdot</span><a
- id="dx1-4016"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to version 1.12.) This option is just a shortcut for <a
+ id="dx1-4016"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 590--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.12.) This option is just a shortcut for <a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
id="dx1-4017"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 593--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.postpunc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">postpunc</span><a
- id="dx1-4018"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to version 1.21.) This option sets the post-description punctuation to
- the given value. For example: <span
+ id="dx1-4018"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 593--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.21.) This option sets the post-description punctuation to the
+ given value. For example: <span
class="cmss-10">postpunc=; </span>does
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
\renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{;}
-</div>
- <!--l. 564--><p class="nopar" > The value may also be one of the following keywords:
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 598--><p class="nopar" > The value may also be one of the following keywords:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmtt-10">comma</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description"><a
+class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.postpunc"><span
class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=comma</span><a
@@ -960,15 +1058,18 @@ class="cmss-10">=comma</span><a
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
\renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{,}
-</div>
- <!--l. 571--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 605--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 607--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmtt-10">dot</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description"><a
+class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 607--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.postpunc"><span
class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=dot</span><a
@@ -976,15 +1077,18 @@ class="cmss-10">=dot</span><a
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
\renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{.\spacefactor\sfcode`\.&#x00A0;}
-</div>
- <!--l. 577--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 611--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmtt-10">none</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description"><a
+class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.postpunc"><span
class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=none</span><a
@@ -992,21 +1096,22 @@ class="cmss-10">=none</span><a
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
\renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{}
-</div>
- <!--l. 583--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
- <!--l. 585--><p class="noindent" >The default definition is
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 617--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
+ <!--l. 619--><p class="noindent" >The default definition is
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
\newcommand*{\glspostdescription}{%
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsnopostdot\else.\spacefactor\sfcode`\.&#x00A0;\fi
- &#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
- <!--l. 590--><p class="nopar" > where the conditional is determined by the <a
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsnopostdot\else.\spacefactor\sfcode`\.&#x00A0;\fi
+ }
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 624--><p class="nopar" > where the conditional is determined by the <a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a
id="dx1-4022"></a> package option.
@@ -1024,7 +1129,7 @@ class="cmss-10">postdot</span></a><a
id="dx1-4025"></a> will restore
the original definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>.
- </p><!--l. 597--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 631--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
id="dx1-4026"></a> package adjusts the predefined styles
that had a hard-coded <span
@@ -1046,11 +1151,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\hfil</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
\usepackage[postpunc=comma,stylemods]{glossaries-extra}
- &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\hfil}
-</div>
- <!--l. 607--><p class="nopar" > Be careful with doing this as it will look odd if the <a
+ \renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\hfil}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 641--><p class="nopar" > Be careful with doing this as it will look odd if the <a
id="dx1-4030"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is missing.
(With <a
@@ -1063,27 +1168,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">loc-prefix </span>which will only apply if the entry
has a <a
id="dx1-4032"></a>number list.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.prefix"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-4033"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Load the <span
+ id="dx1-4033"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
id="dx1-4034"></a> package (if not already loaded).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 651--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.accsupp"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-4035"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Load the <span
+ id="dx1-4035"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 651--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-4036"></a> package (if not already loaded).
- <!--l. 620--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
+ </p><!--l. 654--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-4037"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features
are liable to change. </div>
- </p><!--l. 623--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 625--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define styles that can interface with the accessibility support
+ </p><!--l. 657--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 659--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define styles that can interface with the accessibility support
provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-4038"></a> use the <span
@@ -1104,13 +1213,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext </span>just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>) but if it
has been loaded, then the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands will add the
- accessibility information. (See <a
+class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands will add the accessibility
+ information. (See <a
href="#sec:accsupp"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>12.2 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:accsupp </a><a
href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a> for further
details.)
- </p><!--l. 635--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a
+ </p><!--l. 669--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
id="dx1-4042"></a> option can only be used as a&#x00A0;package option (and can&#8217;t
@@ -1122,23 +1232,29 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
be loaded before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>if it&#8217;s required.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 674--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.stylemods"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-4045"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is a &#x27E8;<span
+ id="dx1-4045"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 674--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option used to load the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-4046"></a>
- package. The value may be a comma-separated list of options to pass to that
- package. (Remember to group &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; if it contains any commas.) The value may
- be omitted if no options need to be passed. See <a
+ id="dx1-4046"></a> package.
+ The value may be a comma-separated list of options to pass to that package.
+ (Remember to group &#x27E8;<span
+class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; if it contains any commas.) The value may be
+ omitted if no options need to be passed. See <a
href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2.10.1 </a><a
-href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style
- Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a> for further details. There are two special keyword values:
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glosstylemods </a><a
+href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary
+ Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a> for further details. There are two special keyword values:
<a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><span
@@ -1149,60 +1265,62 @@ class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=all</span><a
id="dx1-4048"></a>, which
loads all the predefined styles.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 685--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.undefaction"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">undefaction</span><a
- id="dx1-4049"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is a &#x27E8;<span
+ id="dx1-4049"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 685--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option, which has two allowed values: <span
-class="cmss-10">warn </span>and
-
-
-
- <span
-class="cmss-10">error</span>. This indicates what to do if an undefined glossary entry is referenced. The
- default behaviour is <a
+class="cmss-10">warn </span>and <span
+class="cmss-10">error</span>. This
+ indicates what to do if an undefined glossary entry is referenced. The default
+ behaviour is <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=error</span><a
- id="dx1-4050"></a>, which produces an error message (the
- default for <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). You can switch this to a warning message (and ??
- appearing in the text) with <a
+ id="dx1-4050"></a>, which produces an error message (the default
+ for <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). You can switch this to a warning message (and ?? appearing in
+ the text) with <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
id="dx1-4051"></a>.
- <!--l. 660--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Undefined entries can&#8217;t be picked up by any commands that iterate
+ </p><!--l. 694--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Undefined entries can&#8217;t be picked up by any commands that iterate
over a glossary list. This includes <span
class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries</span><a
id="dx1-4052"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a
id="dx1-4053"></a>.
</div>
- </p><!--l. 664--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 666--><p class="noindent" >Note that <span
+ </p><!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 700--><p class="noindent" >Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
- id="dx1-4054"></a> will display ?? in the document text with
- <a
+ id="dx1-4054"></a> will display ?? in the document text with <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-4055"></a> if the entry hasn&#8217;t been defined, as the underlying boolean
- variable doesn&#8217;t exist and so is neither true nor false. (There will also
- be a warning in the transcript.) See <a
+ id="dx1-4055"></a>
+ if the entry hasn&#8217;t been defined, as the underlying boolean variable
+ doesn&#8217;t exist and so is neither true nor false. (There will also be a
+ warning in the transcript.) See <a
href="#sec:glsunset"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2.6 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glsunset </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">First Use Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for further
details.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 706--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.indexcrossrefs"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">indexcrossrefs</span><a
- id="dx1-4056"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is a boolean option. If <span
+ id="dx1-4056"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 706--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. If <span
class="cmss-10">true</span>, this will automatically index any
cross-referenced entries that haven&#8217;t been marked as used at the end of the
document. Note that this necessarily adds to the overall document build time,
@@ -1228,7 +1346,7 @@ class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a
id="dx1-4062"></a> to
<span
class="cmss-10">false</span>.
- <!--l. 684--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a
+ </p><!--l. 718--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a
id="dx1-4063"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can automatically find dependent entries when it
@@ -1243,23 +1361,28 @@ class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
id="dx1-4065"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 723--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.autoseeindex"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">autoseeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-4066"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description"> (New to v1.16.) This is a boolean option. If true (default), this makes
- the <span
+ id="dx1-4066"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 723--><p class="noindent" > (New to v1.16.) This is a boolean option. If true (default), this makes the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-4067"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-4067"></a>
+ and <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-4068"></a> keys automatically index the cross-reference when an entry
- is defined. If false, the value of those keys will still be stored in their
+ id="dx1-4068"></a> keys automatically index the cross-reference when an entry is
+ defined. If false, the value of those keys will still be stored in their
corresponding fields (and can be accessed using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee</span>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso</span>) but cross-reference won&#8217;t be automatically
indexed.
- <!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a
+ </p><!--l. 732--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
@@ -1268,37 +1391,37 @@ href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span
class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
id="dx1-4070"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 701--><p class="noindent" >For example, if an entry is defined as
+ </p><!--l. 735--><p class="noindent" >For example, if an entry is defined as
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
\newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={},see={bar,baz}}
-</div>
- <!--l. 704--><p class="nopar" > then with <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 738--><p class="nopar" > then with <span
class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=true</span>, this is equivalent to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
\newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={}}
- &#x00A0;<br />\glssee{foo}{bar,baz}
- &#x00A0;<br />\glossariesextrasetup{indexcrossrefs=true}
- &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz}
-</div>
- <!--l. 711--><p class="nopar" > but with <span
+ \glssee{foo}{bar,baz}
+ \glossariesextrasetup{indexcrossrefs=true}
+ \GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 745--><p class="nopar" > but with <span
class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=false</span>, this is equivalent to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
\newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={}}
- &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz}
-</div>
- <!--l. 716--><p class="nopar" > Note that <a
+ \GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 750--><p class="nopar" > Note that <a
href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a
id="dx1-4071"></a> isn&#8217;t automatically implemented by the presence of the
@@ -1308,9 +1431,9 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a
href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span
class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><a
id="dx1-4073"></a> is false.
- </p><!--l. 721--><p class="noindent" >It&#8217;s therefore possible to remove the cross-references from the location lists and
+ </p><!--l. 755--><p class="noindent" >It&#8217;s therefore possible to remove the cross-references from the location lists and
set their position within the glossary style.
- </p><!--l. 724--><p class="noindent" >Another method of preventing the automatic indexing is to define the entries
+ </p><!--l. 758--><p class="noindent" >Another method of preventing the automatic indexing is to define the entries
before the external indexing files have been opened with <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
Since the appropriate file isn&#8217;t open, the information can&#8217;t be written to it.
@@ -1319,33 +1442,50 @@ class="cmss-10">seenoindex=ignore </span>(provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) to
prevent an error occurring.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.record"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">record</span><a
- id="dx1-4074"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.08.) This is a &#x27E8;<span
+ id="dx1-4074"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.08.) This is a &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option provided for the benefit of
- <a
+class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option provided for the benefit of <a
id="dx1-4075"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see <a
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>
+ (see <a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>9 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
- <!--l. 735--><p class="noindent" >The option may only be set in the preamble and can&#8217;t be used after
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). If you want to
+ use <a
+ id="dx1-4076"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>, the recommended setting is <a
+href="#styopt.record"><span
+class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a
+ id="dx1-4077"></a> if you have hyperlinks
+ and <a
+href="#styopt.record"><span
+class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
+ id="dx1-4078"></a> if you don&#8217;t have hyperlinks.
+ </p><!--l. 771--><p class="noindent" >The option may only be set in the preamble and can&#8217;t be used after
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. If the value is missing <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-4076"></a> is assumed.
+ id="dx1-4079"></a> is assumed.
Permitted values:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >
<span
-class="cmssbx-10">off</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is the default setting. The indexing is performed as normal using
+class="cmssbx-10">off</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >This is the default setting. The indexing is performed as normal using
either <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. This setting
@@ -1353,94 +1493,118 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. This setting
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=error</span><a
- id="dx1-4077"></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-4080"></a>.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 779--><p class="noindent" >
<span
-class="cmssbx-10">only</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">The indexing is performed by <a
- id="dx1-4078"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(see <a
+class="cmssbx-10">only</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 779--><p class="noindent" >The indexing (recording) is performed by <a
+ id="dx1-4081"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(see <a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>9 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls
+ </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>:
- Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). Neither <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>nor
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>is permitted. This setting implements
- <a
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
+ Neither <span
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>nor <span
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>is permitted.
+ This setting implements <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-4079"></a> and automatically loads the supplementary
- <span
+ id="dx1-4082"></a> and automatically loads
+ the supplementary <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4080"></a> package. (There should be no need to explicitly
- load <span
+ id="dx1-4083"></a> package. (There should be
+ no need to explicitly load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4081"></a>.)
- <!--l. 750--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span
+ id="dx1-4084"></a>.)
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 786--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>).
- </p><!--l. 753--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span
+ </p><!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
- &#x00A0;<br />bib2gls&#x00A0;myDoc
- &#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</div>
- <!--l. 759--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 761--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a
+ bib2gls&#x00A0;myDoc
+ pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 795--><p class="nopar" > If you want letter groups you will need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch when
+ invoking <a
+ id="dx1-4085"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
+ pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+ bib2gls&#x00A0;-g&#x00A0;myDoc
+ pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 802--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 804--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-4082"></a> will prevent the <span
+ id="dx1-4086"></a> will prevent the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-4083"></a> from automatically
+ id="dx1-4087"></a> from automatically
implementing <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>. (<a
- id="dx1-4084"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4088"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> deals with the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-4085"></a> field.) You
+ id="dx1-4089"></a> field.) You
may explicitly use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssee </span>in the document, but <a
- id="dx1-4086"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4090"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will
ignore the cross-reference if the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-4087"></a> field was already set for that
+ id="dx1-4091"></a> field was already set for that
entry.
- </p><!--l. 767--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+ </p><!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >The <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-4088"></a> option will automatically set the <span
+ id="dx1-4092"></a> option will automatically set the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package&#8217;s
<a
href="#styopt.sort"><span
class="cmss-10">sort</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=none</span><a
- id="dx1-4089"></a> option if available. (That option value was only introduced to
+ id="dx1-4093"></a> option if available. (That option value was only introduced to
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.30.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 815--><p class="noindent" >
<span
-class="cmssbx-10">nameref</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.37 and requires <a
- id="dx1-4090"></a><span
+class="cmssbx-10">nameref</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 815--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.37 and requires <a
+ id="dx1-4094"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+.) This option is like
<a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-4091"></a> but additionally records the current label information given by
+ id="dx1-4095"></a> but additionally records the current label information given by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabel </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref</span>, and provides a more reliable way of
@@ -1449,7 +1613,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; for the given location. This option requires
<span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-4092"></a> otherwise it will fall back on the usual location records.
+ id="dx1-4096"></a> otherwise it will fall back on the usual location records.
Remember that <span
class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref </span>is always globally updated whenever
<span
@@ -1459,176 +1623,247 @@ class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabel </span>isn&#8217;t. This can cause some
<a
href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4093"></a> option increments the associated counter every time an entry
+ id="dx1-4097"></a> option increments the associated counter every time an entry
is indexed, which affects this option. See <a
href="#sec:recordnameref"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>9.3.2 </a><a
-href="#sec:recordnameref">Nameref Record<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordnameref --></a> for further
- details.
- <!--l. 785--><p class="noindent" >This option is best used with <a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:recordnameref </a><a
+href="#sec:recordnameref">Nameref
+ Record<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordnameref --></a> for further details.
+ </p><!--l. 828--><p class="noindent" >This option is best used with <a
href="#styopt.counter"><span
class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=chapter</span><a
- id="dx1-4094"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-4098"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.counter"><span
class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=section</span><a
- id="dx1-4095"></a> if you
+ id="dx1-4099"></a> if you
want the title included in the location list. If the indexing counter is the
default <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-4096"></a>, only the location number is shown. Similarly for
+ id="dx1-4100"></a>, only the location number is shown. Similarly for
<a
href="#styopt.counter"><span
class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=equation</span><a
- id="dx1-4097"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4101"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.equations"><span
class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4098"></a>).
+ id="dx1-4102"></a>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >
<span
-class="cmssbx-10">alsoindex</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is a hybrid setting that uses <a
- id="dx1-4099"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to fetch entry information
- from <span
+class="cmssbx-10">alsoindex</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >Deprecated synonym of <span
+class="cmss-10">hybrid</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" >
+ <span
+class="cmssbx-10">hybrid</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" >This is a hybrid setting that uses <a
+ id="dx1-4103"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to fetch entry information from
+
+
+
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files, but uses <a
- id="dx1-4100"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4104"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-4101"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4105"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> to create the glossary
- files. This option should be used with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>but not
- with its optional argument. This option should not be used with
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> to create the glossary files (which
+ are input with <span
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
+ id="dx1-4106"></a>). Note that this requires a slower and
+ more complicated build process (see below).
+ </p><!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" >This hybrid approach is provided for the rare instances where an existing
+ <a
+ id="dx1-4107"></a><a
+href="#glo:xindy"><span
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> rule or module is too complicated to convert to a <a
+ id="dx1-4108"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> rule but
+ the entries need to be fetched from a <span
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
+ id="dx1-4109"></a> file. There&#8217;s no benefit in using
+ this option with <a
+ id="dx1-4110"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>.
+ </p><!--l. 848--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since it&#8217;s redundant to make <a
+ id="dx1-4111"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>also sort, use <span
+class="cmtt-10">sort=none </span>in
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. You may need to change the transcript file used
- by <a
- id="dx1-4102"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to avoid a clash with the transcript file used by <a
- id="dx1-4103"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>
- or <a
- id="dx1-4104"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. (This can be done with <a
- id="dx1-4105"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>for a faster build. </div>
+ </p><!--l. 851--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 853--><p class="noindent" >This option must be used with <span
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4112"></a> but not with its optional
+ argument. This option should not be used with <span
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>.
+ You may need to change the transcript file used by <a
+ id="dx1-4113"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to avoid a
+ clash with the transcript file used by <a
+ id="dx1-4114"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <a
+ id="dx1-4115"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. (This can be
+ done with <a
+ id="dx1-4116"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>&#8217;s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--log-file</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">-t</span></span></span>
- option.)
- <!--l. 802--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span
+class="cmtt-10">-t</span></span></span> option.)
+ </p><!--l. 860--><p class="noindent" >Each glossary should be displayed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>). This option is expected to be used with <a
- id="dx1-4106"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>&#8217;s
- <span
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>for all of them). This option is expected to be used
+ with <a
+ id="dx1-4117"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>&#8217;s <span
class="cmtt-10">sort=none </span>setting and so <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4107"></a> is not automatically
-
-
-
- loaded.
- </p><!--l. 807--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span
+ id="dx1-4118"></a> is not
+ automatically loaded.
+ </p><!--l. 865--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
- &#x00A0;<br />bib2gls&#x00A0;myDoc
- &#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
- &#x00A0;<br />makeglossaries&#x00A0;myDoc
- &#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</div>
- <!--l. 815--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
- <!--l. 818--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a
+ bib2gls&#x00A0;myDoc
+ pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+ makeglossaries&#x00A0;myDoc
+ pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 873--><p class="nopar" > Note that, in this case, it&#8217;s redundant to call <a
+ id="dx1-4119"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span>
+ or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch as <a
+ id="dx1-4120"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>/<a
+ id="dx1-4121"></a><a
+href="#glo:xindy"><span
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> will insert the group heading
+ information into the corresponding glossary file. (If you want
+ <a
+ id="dx1-4122"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to form the letter groups then this hybrid method is
+ inappropriate.)</p></dd></dl>
+ <!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-4108"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-4123"></a>, <a
+href="#styopt.record"><span
+class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a
+ id="dx1-4124"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
- id="dx1-4109"></a>), any of the commands
- that would typically index the entry (such as <span
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
+ id="dx1-4125"></a>), any of
+ the commands that would typically index the entry (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>)
- will add a <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) will add a <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record </span>entry to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. <a
- id="dx1-4110"></a><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can then
- read these lines to find out which entries have been used. (Remember
- that commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>don&#8217;t index, so any use of these
- commands won&#8217;t add a corresponding <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record </span>entry to the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) See <a
+ id="dx1-4126"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can then
+ read these lines to find out which entries have been used. (Remember that
+ commands like <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>don&#8217;t index, so any use of these commands
+ won&#8217;t add a corresponding <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record </span>entry to the <span
+class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) See
+ <a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>9 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a> for further
details.
+ </p><!--l. 891--><p class="noindent" >The hybrid method additionally performs the standard indexing action that&#8217;s
+ required for <a
+ id="dx1-4127"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <a
+ id="dx1-4128"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>to work.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 894--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.equations"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">equations</span><a
- id="dx1-4111"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
+ id="dx1-4129"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 894--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
automatically switch to <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-4112"></a> when inside a numbered equation
+ id="dx1-4130"></a> when inside a numbered equation
environment, such as <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-4113"></a><a
- id="dx1-4114"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-4131"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4132"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">align</span><a
- id="dx1-4115"></a><a
- id="dx1-4116"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
+ id="dx1-4133"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4134"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
with <span
class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-4117"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span
+ id="dx1-4135"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as
usual.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.floats"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">floats</span><a
- id="dx1-4118"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
+ id="dx1-4136"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
automatically switch to the corresponding counter when inside a floating
environment, such as <span
class="cmss-10">figure</span><a
- id="dx1-4119"></a><a
- id="dx1-4120"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-4137"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4138"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">table</span><a
- id="dx1-4121"></a><a
- id="dx1-4122"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
+ id="dx1-4139"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4140"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
with <span
class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-4123"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span
+ id="dx1-4141"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as
usual. Remember that within floats it&#8217;s the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\caption </span>command that
- actually uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter</span>, so indexing before the caption will
- result in the wrong reference. The commands for use in captions and
- sections, such as <span
+class="cmtt-10">\caption </span>command that actually
+ uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter</span>, so indexing before the caption will result in the wrong
+
+
+
+ reference. The commands for use in captions and sections, such as
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>, don&#8217;t index. (See <a
href="#sec:headtitle"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>5
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:headtitle
</a><a
href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a>). You may
want to consider using <span
@@ -1637,35 +1872,38 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>after the caption (not before). For
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
\begin{figure}[htbp]
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\centering
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\includegraphics{example-image}
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\caption{Sample&#x00A0;\glsfmttext{foobar}&#x00A0;figure}
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsadd{foobar}
- &#x00A0;<br />\end{figure}
-</div>
- <!--l. 854--><p class="nopar" >
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\centering
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\includegraphics{example-image}
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\caption{Sample&#x00A0;\glsfmttext{foobar}&#x00A0;figure}
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsadd{foobar}
+ \end{figure}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 920--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.indexcounter"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">indexcounter</span><a
- id="dx1-4124"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.29.) This option (which doesn&#8217;t take a value) is primarily
+ id="dx1-4142"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.29.) This option (which doesn&#8217;t take a value) is primarily
intended for use with <a
- id="dx1-4125"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4143"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (v1.4+) and <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-4126"></a>. It can be used
+ id="dx1-4144"></a>. It can be used
with <a
- id="dx1-4127"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4145"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-4128"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4146"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> but it will interfere with the <a
- id="dx1-4129"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4147"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>
collation, so you won&#8217;t have ranges and you&#8217;ll have duplicate page numbers
present (but each page number will link to the relevant part of the page
@@ -1674,53 +1912,53 @@ href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>
href="#styopt.counter"><span
class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4130"></a>.
- <!--l. 865--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span
+ id="dx1-4148"></a>.
+ </p><!--l. 931--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4131"></a> and adding <span
+ id="dx1-4149"></a> and adding <span
class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a
- id="dx1-4132"></a>. This can
+ id="dx1-4150"></a>. This can
cause a problem if the indexing occurs in an <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-4133"></a><a
- id="dx1-4134"></a> environment as <span
+ id="dx1-4151"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4152"></a> environment as <span
class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a
- id="dx1-4135"></a>
+ id="dx1-4153"></a>
forbids multiple occurrences of <span
class="cmtt-10">\label </span>(resulting in the &#8220;Multiple <span
class="cmtt-10">\label</span>&#8217;s&#8221;
error). It&#8217;s best to change the counter to <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-4136"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-4154"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-4137"></a> when in maths mode
+ id="dx1-4155"></a> when in maths mode
with this option. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
\renewcommand{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
- &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
-</div>
- <!--l. 878--><p class="nopar" > </div>
- </p><!--l. 879--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span
+ &#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
+ \renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
+ &#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 944--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+ </p><!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-4138"></a>), the page numbers in <a
- id="dx1-4139"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4156"></a>), the page numbers in <a
+ id="dx1-4157"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number lists</a> link back to the
top of the relevant page (provided the format uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span>). The
<a
href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4140"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where
+ id="dx1-4158"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where
the indexing occurred. It does this by creating a new counter (called <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4141"></a>)
+ id="dx1-4159"></a>)
that&#8217;s incremented with <span
class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>every time an entry is indexed (but
not via cross-referencing commands, such as <span
@@ -1731,57 +1969,57 @@ class="cmtt-10">\label </span>is placed
class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span>. The location, as seen by the indexing application, is
the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4142"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page
+ id="dx1-4160"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page
reference when <a
- id="dx1-4143"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all
+ id="dx1-4161"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all
entries and is incremented every time any indexing occurs, neither
<a
- id="dx1-4144"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4162"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> nor <a
- id="dx1-4145"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4163"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> can correctly collate the lists. For example, if the first
term to be referenced is indexed three times on page&#x00A0;5 without any
intervening terms then the actual locations obtained from <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4146"></a>
+ id="dx1-4164"></a>
will be 1, 2 and 3, which <a
- id="dx1-4147"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4165"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and <a
- id="dx1-4148"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4166"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>will try to form into
the range 1&#8211;3, but they should actually all simply appear as page&#x00A0;5,
whereas it can actually end up with 5&#8211;5. Conversely, a range may not be
formed where it would naturally occur if just the <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-4149"></a> counter was
+ id="dx1-4167"></a> counter was
used.
- </p><!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >Since <a
- id="dx1-4150"></a><a
+ </p><!--l. 971--><p class="noindent" >Since <a
+ id="dx1-4168"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> is designed specifically to work with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>,
<a
- id="dx1-4151"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4169"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(v1.4+) will check for <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4152"></a> locations. If the default
+ id="dx1-4170"></a> locations. If the default
<span
class="cmtt-10">--merge-wrglossary-records </span>is on, then any records for the same page
for a given entry will be merged. In the above example with three
references on page&#x00A0;5, only a single record for page&#x00A0;5 for that entry will be
added to the <a
- id="dx1-4153"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on
+ id="dx1-4171"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on
that page. Whereas if you use the <span
class="cmtt-10">--no-merge-wrglossary-records</span>
switch, the <a
- id="dx1-4154"></a>number list will contain three instance of page&#x00A0;5, with
+ id="dx1-4172"></a>number list will contain three instance of page&#x00A0;5, with
each linking to the corresponding place on that page. In both cases,
consecutive pages can form ranges, but it may look strange in the second
case.
- </p><!--l. 918--><p class="noindent" >See the <a
- id="dx1-4155"></a><span
+ </p><!--l. 984--><p class="noindent" >See the <a
+ id="dx1-4173"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>documentation for the <span
class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter </span>resource option
for more details.
@@ -1789,38 +2027,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter </span>resource option
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.docdef"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">docdef</span><a
- id="dx1-4156"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This option governs the use of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. It was originally a
- boolean option, but as from version 1.06, it can now take one of the following
- values (if the value is omitted, <span
-class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed):
+ id="dx1-4174"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >This option governs the use of <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. It was originally a boolean
+ option, but as from version 1.06, it can now take one of the following values (if
+ the value is omitted, <span
+class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed): </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 992--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-4158"></a> is not permitted in the <span
+ id="dx1-4176"></a> is not permitted in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4159"></a><a
- id="dx1-4160"></a> environment
+ id="dx1-4177"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4178"></a> environment
(default).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>behaves as it does in the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
That is, where its use is permitted in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4162"></a><a
- id="dx1-4163"></a> environment, it
+ id="dx1-4180"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4181"></a> environment, it
uses the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>temporary file to store the entry definitions so
that on the next LaTeX&#x00A0;run the entries are defined at the beginning
of the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4164"></a><a
- id="dx1-4165"></a> environment. This allows the entry information
+ id="dx1-4182"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4183"></a> environment. This allows the entry information
to be referenced in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs before
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. (For example, when the glossary is displayed
@@ -1828,31 +2070,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. (For example, when the glossary is dis
next LaTeX&#x00A0;run has drawbacks that are detailed in the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
user manual.
- <!--l. 942--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if <span
+ </p><!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>wouldn&#8217;t be allowed in the
<span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4166"></a><a
- id="dx1-4167"></a> environment with the base <span
+ id="dx1-4184"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4185"></a> environment with the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, then it still
won&#8217;t be allowed with <a
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4168"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the
+ id="dx1-4186"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the
end of the document, consider using <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a
- id="dx1-4169"></a> instead.
+ id="dx1-4187"></a> instead.
</p></li>
- <li class="itemize">(new to version 1.06) <span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >(new to version 1.06) <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-4171"></a> is permitted in the
+ id="dx1-4189"></a> is permitted in the
<span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4172"></a><a
- id="dx1-4173"></a> environment without using the <span
+ id="dx1-4190"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4191"></a> environment without using the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file. This means
that all entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed, but
it avoids the complications associated with saving the entry details
@@ -1861,15 +2104,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file. This means
class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; mechanism
(that is, the comma and equal sign) and any <a
- id="dx1-4174"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4192"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-4175"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4193"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>
character that occurs in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-4176"></a> key or label. If any of those characters
+ id="dx1-4194"></a> key or label. If any of those characters
are made active in the document, then it can cause problems with
the entry definition. This option will allow <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to
@@ -1877,52 +2120,77 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>, but note that
<span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>remains a preamble-only command.
- <!--l. 965--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been
+ </p><!--l. 1031--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been
defined, an error will occur (or a warning if the <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-4177"></a>
+ id="dx1-4195"></a>
option is used.) If you edit your document and either remove an entry
+
+
+
or change its label, you may need to delete the document&#8217;s temporary
files (such as the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>files).
</p></li>
- <li class="itemize">(new to version 1.34) This option behaves like <a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >(new to version 1.34) This option behaves like <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a
- id="dx1-4179"></a> but
+ id="dx1-4197"></a> but
creates the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file for <a
href="https://atom.io/packages/autocomplete-glossaries" >atom&#8217;s autocomplete support</a>. This file
isn&#8217;t input by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and so associated problems with the
-
-
-
use of this file are avoided, but it allows the autocomplete support
to find the labels in the file. As with <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a
- id="dx1-4180"></a>, entries may
+ id="dx1-4198"></a>, entries may
be defined in the preamble or anywhere in the document, but they
may only be referenced after they have been defined. Entries must
be defined before the associated glossary is displayed.
+ </p><!--l. 1050--><p class="noindent" >If you need a list of all entry labels for the use of an editor or helper
+ script you may also want to consider the package options <a
+href="#styopt.writeglslabels"><span
+class="cmss-10">writeglslabels</span></a><a
+ id="dx1-4199"></a>
+ and <a
+href="#styopt.writeglslabelnames"><span
+class="cmss-10">writeglslabelnames</span></a><a
+ id="dx1-4200"></a> provided by the base <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4201"></a> package. Note
+ that with these options and <a
+href="#styopt.docdef"><span
+class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=atom</span><a
+ id="dx1-4202"></a>, only the entry labels visible
+ to LaTeX&#x00A0;can be saved. So if you are using <a
+ id="dx1-4203"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you will only
+ get the labels of the entries that are selected by <a
+ id="dx1-4204"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.
+</p>
</li></ul>
- <!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ <!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>within the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4181"></a><a
- id="dx1-4182"></a>
+ id="dx1-4205"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4206"></a>
environment (when used with <a
- id="dx1-4183"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4207"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-4184"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4208"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>) but the user manual warns
against this usage. By default the <span
@@ -1931,13 +2199,13 @@ class="cmti-10">prohibits </span>this, only
allowing definitions within the preamble. If you are really determined to define
entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4185"></a><a
- id="dx1-4186"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you
+ id="dx1-4209"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4210"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you
can restore this with <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4187"></a>. Note that this doesn&#8217;t change the
+ id="dx1-4211"></a>. Note that this doesn&#8217;t change the
prohibitions that the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has in certain circumstances (for
example, when using &#8220;option&#x00A0;1&#8221;). See the <span
@@ -1947,123 +2215,128 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual for
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a
- id="dx1-4188"></a>. Only use <a
+ id="dx1-4212"></a>. Only use <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4189"></a> if document definitions
+ id="dx1-4213"></a> if document definitions
are necessary and one or more of the glossaries occurs in the front
matter.
- </p><!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span
+ </p><!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>, such as
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>, but not the &#8220;on-the-fly&#8221; commands described in <a
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>, but not the &#8220;on-the-fly&#8221; commands described in
+ <a
href="#sec:onthefly"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>11
- </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:onthefly </a><a
href="#sec:onthefly">On-the-Fly Document Definitions<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:onthefly --></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.nomissingglstext"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nomissingglstext</span><a
- id="dx1-4190"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the
- warning written to the transcript and the warning text that will appear
- in the document if the external glossary files haven&#8217;t been generated
- due to an incomplete document build. However, it&#8217;s probably simpler
- just to fix whatever has caused the failure to build the external file or
- files.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-4214"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the warning written to the
+ transcript and the warning text that will appear in the document if the
+ external glossary files haven&#8217;t been generated due to an incomplete document
+ build. However, it&#8217;s probably simpler just to fix whatever has caused the failure
+ to build the external file or files.
+
+
+
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1090--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.abbreviations"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">abbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-4191"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This option has no value and can&#8217;t be cancelled. If used, it will
- automatically create a new glossary with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and
- redefines <span
+ id="dx1-4215"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1090--><p class="noindent" >This option has no value and can&#8217;t be cancelled. If used, it will automatically
+ create a new glossary with the label <span
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and redefines
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype </span>to this label. (The file extensions are <span
class="cmtt-10">glg-abr</span><a
- id="dx1-4192"></a>,
+ id="dx1-4216"></a>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">gls-abr</span><a
- id="dx1-4193"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-4217"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">glo-abr</span><a
- id="dx1-4194"></a>.) In addition, this option defines a shortcut
+ id="dx1-4218"></a>.) In addition, this option defines a shortcut
command
- <!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4195"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 1097--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4219"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printabbreviations[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1099--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[type=\glsxtrabbrvtype,</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-
-
-
</div>
</div> If <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4196"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
+ id="dx1-4220"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
provide:
- <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4197"></a> <span
+ <!--l. 1106--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4221"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtabbreviations[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1034--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1108--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4198"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" >The title of the new glossary is given by
- </p><!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4199"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-4222"></a>.
+ </p><!--l. 1111--><p class="noindent" >The title of the new glossary is given by
+ </p><!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4223"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1040--><p class="noindent" >
- If this command is already defined, it&#8217;s left unchanged. Otherwise it&#8217;s defined
- to &#8220;Abbreviations&#8221; if <span
+ </p><!--l. 1114--><p class="noindent" >
+ If this command is already defined, it&#8217;s left unchanged. Otherwise it&#8217;s defined to
+ &#8220;Abbreviations&#8221; if <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-4200"></a> hasn&#8217;t been loaded or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>if
- <span
+ id="dx1-4224"></a> hasn&#8217;t been loaded or <span
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>if <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-4201"></a> has been loaded. However, if you&#8217;re using <span
+ id="dx1-4225"></a> has
+ been loaded. However, if you&#8217;re using <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-4202"></a> it&#8217;s likely you
- will need to change this. (See <a
+ id="dx1-4226"></a> it&#8217;s likely you will need
+ to change this. (See <a
href="#sec:lang"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>14 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:lang </a><a
href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a> for further
details.)
- </p><!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don&#8217;t use the <a
+ </p><!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don&#8217;t use the <a
href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span
class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4203"></a> package option, the <span
+ id="dx1-4227"></a> package option, the <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span>
command won&#8217;t be defined (unless it&#8217;s defined by an included language file).
</div>
- </p><!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 1053--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
+ </p><!--l. 1125--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1127--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span
class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4204"></a> option is used and the <a
+ id="dx1-4228"></a> option is used and the <a
href="#styopt.acronym"><span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4205"></a> option provided by the
+ id="dx1-4229"></a> option provided by the
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package hasn&#8217;t been used, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-4206"></a> will be set to
+ id="dx1-4230"></a> will be set to
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span><a
- id="dx1-4207"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span
+ id="dx1-4231"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-4208"></a> can be added
+ id="dx1-4232"></a> can be added
to the list of abbreviations. If you want acronyms in the <span
class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary and
other abbreviations in the <span
@@ -2075,27 +2348,29 @@ class="cmtt-10">main</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
\renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{main}
-</div>
- <!--l. 1063--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1137--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 1139--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package&#8217;s <a
href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span
class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4209"></a>
+ id="dx1-4233"></a>
option (or associated commands) as the abbreviation mechanism is handled
differently with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.symbols"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-4210"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is passed to <span
+ id="dx1-4234"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define
- <!--l. 1072--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4211"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 1146--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4235"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -2103,7 +2378,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1074--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1148--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -2123,39 +2398,44 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-4212"></a> key is set to the &#x27E8;<span
+ id="dx1-4236"></a> key is set to the &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; not the &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9; as the symbol will
likely contain commands.
- <!--l. 1083--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ <!--l. 1157--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4213"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
+ id="dx1-4237"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
provide:
- </p><!--l. 1085--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4214"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4238"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtsymbols[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1087--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1161--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4215"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4239"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.numbers"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a
- id="dx1-4216"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is passed to <span
+ id="dx1-4240"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define
- <!--l. 1092--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4217"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 1166--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4241"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">number</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1094--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1168--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
+
+
+
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -2171,93 +2451,100 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">},type=numbers,category=number,</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-
-
-
</div>
</div>
- <!--l. 1101--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ <!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4218"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
+ id="dx1-4242"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
provide:
- </p><!--l. 1103--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4219"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4243"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtnumbers[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1105--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4220"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4244"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.acronyms"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-4221"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-4245"></a> <span
class="cmbx-10">(or </span><a
id="styopt.acronym"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-4222"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">)</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is passed to <span
+ id="dx1-4246"></a><span
+class="cmbx-10">)</span> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but if <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4223"></a> is
- also loaded then this option will additionally provide:
- <!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4224"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-4247"></a> is also loaded then this
+ option will additionally provide:
+ </p><!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4248"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1114--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1188--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4225"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option defines a new glossary with the label <span
+ id="dx1-4249"></a>.
+ </p><!--l. 1191--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option defines a new glossary with the label <span
class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>not <span
class="cmtt-10">acronyms</span>. You
may find it easier to reference it with the command <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-4226"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4250"></a>.
</div>
- </p><!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.index"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-4227"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is passed to <span
+ id="dx1-4251"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but if <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4228"></a> is also loaded then this
+ id="dx1-4252"></a> is also loaded then this
option will additionally provide:
- <!--l. 1127--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4229"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4253"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1129--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4230"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4254"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="styopt.shortcuts"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a
- id="dx1-4231"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Unlike the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option isn&#8217;t
- boolean but has multiple values:
+ id="dx1-4255"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option isn&#8217;t boolean
+ but has multiple values: </p>
+
+
+
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1210--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-4232"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4256"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a
- id="dx1-4233"></a>): set the shortcuts provided
+ id="dx1-4257"></a>): set the shortcuts provided
by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for acronyms (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>). Note that the
@@ -2273,13 +2560,14 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-4234"></a>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ id="dx1-4258"></a>.
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1218--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-4235"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span
+ id="dx1-4259"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for
acronyms (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>) but uses the <span
@@ -2291,138 +2579,146 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ac </span>is defined
as <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>rather than <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-
-
-
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-4236"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4260"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbr</span><a
- id="dx1-4237"></a>):
- set the abbreviation shortcuts provided by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
+ id="dx1-4261"></a>): set the abbreviation
+ shortcuts provided by <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>4.3
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrshortcuts
</a><a
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>.) These settings don&#8217;t switch on the acronym
shortcuts provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1231--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=other</span><a
- id="dx1-4238"></a>: set the &#8220;other&#8221; shortcut commands, but not the shortcut
+ id="dx1-4262"></a>: set the &#8220;other&#8221; shortcut commands, but not the shortcut
commands for abbreviations or the acronym shortcuts provided by
<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The &#8220;other&#8221; shortcuts are:
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The &#8220;other&#8221; shortcuts are: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1236--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\newentry</span><a
- id="dx1-4239"></a> equivalent to <span
+ id="dx1-4263"></a> equivalent to <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-4240"></a>
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ id="dx1-4264"></a>
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1237--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\newsym</span><a
- id="dx1-4241"></a> equivalent to <span
+ id="dx1-4265"></a> equivalent to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-4242"></a> (see the <a
+ id="dx1-4266"></a> (see the <a
href="#styopt.symbols"><span
class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4243"></a>
+ id="dx1-4267"></a>
option).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1239--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\newnum</span><a
- id="dx1-4244"></a> equivalent to <span
+ id="dx1-4268"></a> equivalent to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a
- id="dx1-4245"></a> (see the <a
+ id="dx1-4269"></a> (see the <a
href="#styopt.numbers"><span
class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4246"></a>
- option).</li></ul>
+ id="dx1-4270"></a>
+ option).</p></li></ul>
</li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=all</span><a
- id="dx1-4247"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4271"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4248"></a>): implements <a
+ id="dx1-4272"></a>): implements <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-4249"></a>,
+ id="dx1-4273"></a>,
<a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-4250"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-4274"></a> and <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=other</span><a
- id="dx1-4251"></a>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><a
+ id="dx1-4275"></a>.
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1247--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=none</span><a
- id="dx1-4252"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4276"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
- id="dx1-4253"></a>): don&#8217;t define any of the shortcut
- commands (default).</li></ul>
- <!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a
+ id="dx1-4277"></a>): don&#8217;t define any of the shortcut
+ commands (default).</p></li></ul>
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4254"></a> option <span
+ id="dx1-4278"></a> option <span
class="cmti-10">within the same option</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">list </span>will override each other.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1181--><p class="indent" > After the <span
+<!--l. 1255--><p class="indent" > After the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has been loaded, you can set available options
using
-</p><!--l. 1183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-4255"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-4279"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1259--><p class="noindent" >
The <a
href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span
class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4256"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-4280"></a> and <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4257"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally,
+ id="dx1-4281"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally,
<a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4258"></a> can&#8217;t be used after <span
+ id="dx1-4282"></a> can&#8217;t be used after <span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-4259"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4283"></a>.
</p>
-<!--l. 1190--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1264--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 1264--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a
id="sec:modifications"></a>Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles</h2>
</p>
-<!--l. 1193--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1267--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a
id="definingentries"></a>Defining Entries</h3>
-<!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 1269--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
id="dx1-6001"></a> which may be used in the <span
@@ -2431,10 +2727,10 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a
suppress the post-description hook. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides another
command
-</p><!--l. 1199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-6003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1275--><p class="noindent" >
which has a similar function but only suppresses the post-description punctuation. It
doesn&#8217;t suppress the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>which allows the use of
@@ -2446,19 +2742,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>not before.) The
post-description hook can counter-act the effect of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span>
using
-</p><!--l. 1210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-6004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1212--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1286--><p class="noindent" >
These commands have no effect outside of the glossary (except with standalone
entries that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, see <a
+class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, see
+<a
href="#sec:glossentry"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>10.4
-</a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glossentry </a><a
href="#sec:glossentry">Standalone Entry Items<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glossentry --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 1217--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span
+</p><!--l. 1291--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to automatically produce an error if an entry is
undefined (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a
@@ -2467,39 +2764,49 @@ href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><a
id="dx1-6006"></a> option into
account.
-</p><!--l. 1221--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1295--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>command has three new keys: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1297--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
id="dx1-6007"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this
is <span
class="cmtt-10">general</span>. See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>6 </a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further information about categories.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further information about
+ categories.
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1301--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
id="dx1-6008"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a
href="#sec:alias"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>10.5 </a><a
-href="#sec:alias">Entry
- Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a> for further details.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:alias
+ </a><a
+href="#sec:alias">Entry Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a> for further details.
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 1303--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
id="dx1-6009"></a>, which performs much like <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-6010"></a>, but allows for separate &#8220;see&#8221; and
- &#8220;see also&#8221; treatment. See <a
+ &#8220;see also&#8221; treatment. See <a
href="#sec:see"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2.3 </a><a
-href="#sec:see">Cross-References (&#8220;see&#8221; and &#8220;see also&#8221;)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for
- further details.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1233--><p class="noindent" >This apply to all entry defining commands (such as <span
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:see </a><a
+href="#sec:see">Cross-References (&#8220;see&#8221; and &#8220;see
+ also&#8221;)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for further details.</p></li></ul>
+
+
+
+<!--l. 1307--><p class="noindent" >This apply to all entry defining commands (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1236--><p class="indent" > The test file <span
+</p><!--l. 1310--><p class="indent" > The test file <span
class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with a
mixture of <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
@@ -2515,21 +2822,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex </span>file for testing <a
id="dx1-6014"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 1243--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1317--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>command now has a starred version (as from v1.12)
that doesn&#8217;t automatically insert
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
\leavevmode\unskip\nopostdesc
-</div>
-<!--l. 1247--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
-</p><!--l. 1249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1321--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
+</p><!--l. 1323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-6015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry*{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -2538,17 +2842,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">description</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1325--><p class="noindent" >
The <span
class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a
id="dx1-6016"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 1255--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
+</p><!--l. 1329--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
trailing space and suppresses the post-description hook) but instead uses:
-</p><!--l. 1258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-6017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1260--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1334--><p class="noindent" >
This can be redefined to allow the post-description hook to work but retain the
<span
class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example:
@@ -2556,12 +2860,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlongdescription}{\leavevmode\unskip}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1266--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won&#8217;t
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1340--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won&#8217;t
suppress the post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 1270--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span
+</p><!--l. 1344--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-6018"></a> package&#8217;s treatment of the
<span
@@ -2580,10 +2884,10 @@ of this command sets the description&#8217;s plural form to the same as the
singular.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-6022f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 1285--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn&#8217;t append <span
+</p><!--l. 1359--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn&#8217;t append <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span>
to the description&#8217;s plural form.
-</p><!--l. 1288--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1362--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a
id="dx1-6028"></a> command (defined through the <a
href="#styopt.index"><span
@@ -2593,21 +2897,22 @@ so that the category defaults to <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
id="dx1-6030"></a>. The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-6031"></a> command is modified
-to use the new abbreviation interface provided by <span
+ id="dx1-6031"></a> command is modified to use
+the new abbreviation interface provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
href="#sec:abbreviations"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>4
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbreviations
</a><a
href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 1294--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1368--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>command now has an optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 1295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-6032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1297--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1371--><p class="noindent" >
If &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; is empty, <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in the
@@ -2615,36 +2920,36 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, otherwise &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; can be a comma-separated list of glossaries that
need processing with an external indexing application.
-</p><!--l. 1303--><p class="indent" > This command is not permitted with the <a
+</p><!--l. 1377--><p class="indent" > This command is not permitted with the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
id="dx1-6033"></a> package option. Without
-the optional argument, it&#8217;s permitted with <a
+the optional argument, it&#8217;s required with <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
- id="dx1-6034"></a>. With the optional
-argument, it&#8217;s only permitted with the default <a
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
+ id="dx1-6034"></a>. With the optional argument,
+it&#8217;s only permitted with the default <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=off</span><a
id="dx1-6035"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1308--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span
+</p><!--l. 1382--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>for those glossaries listed in &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9;
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>for the other glossaries. (See the accompanying file
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-mixedsort.tex </span>for an example.)
-</p><!--l. 1313--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument &#x27E8;<span
+</p><!--l. 1387--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9;, you can&#8217;t define entries in the document
(even with the <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a
id="dx1-6036"></a> option). </div>
-</p><!--l. 1316--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1318--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a
+</p><!--l. 1390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1392--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a
id="dx1-6037"></a><a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> or at least version 1.3 of
@@ -2662,25 +2967,25 @@ href="#styopt.automake"><span
class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a
id="dx1-6040"></a>
option.
-</p><!--l. 1324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1324--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a
id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 1327--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span
+<!--l. 1401--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>where the mandatory
argument is a comma-separated list of labels:
-</p><!--l. 1330--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddeach[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1406--><p class="noindent" >
This simply iterates over &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; and does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -2689,7 +2994,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>for each entry in the
list.
-</p><!--l. 1336--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 1410--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>
automatically use <span
@@ -2701,7 +3006,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>in the optional argument of the corresponding
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>etc).
-</p><!--l. 1341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -2711,7 +3016,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glsadd options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1417--><p class="noindent" >
The optional argument &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>and indicates the label to use in
@@ -2726,61 +3031,63 @@ class="cmtt-10">format={</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>prepended to the
list.
-</p><!--l. 1351--><p class="indent" > For example, with:
+</p><!--l. 1425--><p class="indent" > For example, with:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat{hyperbf}{counter=chapter}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1354--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1428--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
\glsadd[format=hyperbf,counter=chapter]{sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1358--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1432--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include
them in &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">format list</span>&#x27E9; (in which case, be sure to add both the start and end
formats).
-</p><!--l. 1363--><p class="indent" > Here&#8217;s another example:
+</p><!--l. 1437--><p class="indent" > Here&#8217;s another example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[dual.\glslabel]{hyperbf}{}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1366--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1440--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will now be equivalent to:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
\glsadd[format=hyperbf]{dual.sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1371--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1373--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1445--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1447--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat </span>is not applied to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>as it could cause an infinite
loop. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1376--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1378--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1450--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1452--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides extra keys for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1455--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">noindex</span><a
- id="dx1-7003"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This is a boolean key. If true, this suppresses the indexing. (That is,
- it prevents <span
+ id="dx1-7003"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1455--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key. If true, this suppresses the indexing. (That is, it
+ prevents <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or whatever from adding a line to the external glossary
file.) This is more useful than the <a
href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span
@@ -2793,71 +3100,75 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> might not be the most pertinent use. (If you
want to apply <a
href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-7006"></a> to selected entries, rather than all of them, you
- can use the <a
+ id="dx1-7006"></a> to selected entries, rather than all of them,
+ you can use the <a
href="#catattr.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
id="dx1-7007"></a> attribute, see <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>6 </a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.)
- Note that the <span
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>
+ for further details.) Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
id="dx1-7008"></a> key isn&#8217;t available for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-7009"></a> (and <span
+ id="dx1-7009"></a>
+ (and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a
- id="dx1-7010"></a>)
- since the whole purpose of that command is to index an entry.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-7010"></a>) since the whole purpose of that command is to index
+ an entry.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1468--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a
- id="dx1-7011"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.14.) This is may only take the values <span
+ id="dx1-7011"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1468--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.14.) This is may only take the values <span
class="cmss-10">before </span>or <span
-class="cmss-10">after</span>. By
- default, commands that both index and display link text (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>,
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>), perform the indexing before the link text as the
- indexing creates a whatsit that can cause problems if it occurs after the
- link text. However, it may be that in some cases (such as long phrases) you
- may actually want the indexing performed after the link text. In this case
- you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after </span>for specific instances. Note that this option
- doesn&#8217;t have an effect if the indexing has been suppressed through other
- settings (such as <span
+class="cmss-10">after</span>. By default,
+ commands that both index and display link text (such as <span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>
+ and <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>), perform the indexing before the link text as the indexing
+ creates a whatsit that can cause problems if it occurs after the link text.
+ However, it may be that in some cases (such as long phrases) you may
+ actually want the indexing performed after the link text. In this case you
+ can use <span
+class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after </span>for specific instances. Note that this option doesn&#8217;t
+ have an effect if the indexing has been suppressed through other settings
+ (such as <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
id="dx1-7012"></a>).
- <!--l. 1408--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
- </p><!--l. 1409--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 1482--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
+ </p><!--l. 1483--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1411--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1485--><p class="noindent" >
which is defined as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrinitwrgloss}{%
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsifattribute{\glslabel}{wrgloss}{after}%
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrinitwrglossbeforefalse
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrinitwrglossbeforetrue
- &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
- &#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
- <!--l. 1423--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
- </p><!--l. 1426--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
+ &#x00A0;\glsifattribute{\glslabel}{wrgloss}{after}%
+ &#x00A0;{%
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrinitwrglossbeforefalse
+ &#x00A0;}%
+ &#x00A0;{%
+ &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrinitwrglossbeforetrue
+ &#x00A0;}%
+ }
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1497--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
+ </p><!--l. 1500--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a
id="dx1-7014"></a> </div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1501--><p class="noindent" >
which is used to determine where to perform the indexing.
- </p><!--l. 1430--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a
+ </p><!--l. 1504--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a
href="#catattr.wrgloss"><span
class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span></a><a
id="dx1-7015"></a> attribute to <span
@@ -2871,15 +3182,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span>.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1511--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a
- id="dx1-7018"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">(New to v1.21.) This is a boolean key. The default is <span
+ id="dx1-7018"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1511--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.21.) This is a boolean key. The default is <span
class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=true</span>,
which puts the hyperlink outside <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span>, so that commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
- will effectively do <div class="alltt">
+ will effectively do </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -2910,6 +3223,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">link</span><span
class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
class="cmsy-10">}</span>
+
+
+
</div>
</div> You can use the <a
href="#catattr.hyperoutside"><span
@@ -2925,10 +3241,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span>. For
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
\glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{hyperoutside}{false}
-</div>
- <!--l. 1457--><p class="nopar" > will set <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1531--><p class="nopar" > will set <span
class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=false </span>for all entries that are assigned to the category
<span
class="cmtt-10">mathrelation </span>and
@@ -2936,10 +3252,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">mathrelation </span>and
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
\glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{textformat}{mathrel}
-</div>
- <!--l. 1462--><p class="nopar" > will use <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1536--><p class="nopar" > will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\mathrel </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>resulting in: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -2959,63 +3275,73 @@ class="cmss-10">category</span><a
id="dx1-7021"></a> key set to <span
class="cmtt-10">mathrelation</span>.
</dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a
- id="dx1-7022"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This key must have a control sequence name as its value. The
- command formed from this name must exist and must take one argument.
- (Use <span
-class="cmtt-10">relax </span>for default behaviour.) If set, this overrides the <a
+ id="dx1-7022"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >This key must have a control sequence name as its value. The command formed
+ from this name must exist and must take one argument. (Use <span
+class="cmtt-10">relax </span>for
+ default behaviour.) If set, this overrides the <a
href="#catattr.textformat"><span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a
- id="dx1-7023"></a>
- attribute and <span
+ id="dx1-7023"></a> attribute and
+ <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span>. See the <span
class="cmss-10">soul</span><a
id="dx1-7024"></a> example in <a
href="#sec:glsunset"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2.6 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glsunset </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">First Use
Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1551--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-7025"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Locally redefines <span
+ id="dx1-7025"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1551--><p class="noindent" >Locally redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span><a
id="dx1-7026"></a> to the given value. It should match the
prefix for the desired glossary.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">thevalue</span><a
- id="dx1-7027"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Explicitly set the location to this value (see below).
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-7027"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" >Explicitly set the location to this value (see below).
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 1558--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">theHvalue</span><a
- id="dx1-7028"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">Set the corresponding hyperlink location (see below).
+ id="dx1-7028"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 1558--><p class="noindent" >Set the corresponding hyperlink location (see below).
+</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span
+<!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
id="dx1-7029"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-7030"></a> etc with:
-</p><!--l. 1491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1565--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1567--><p class="noindent" >
For example, if you mostly don&#8217;t want to index entries then you can do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1498--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1572--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want
the location added to the <a
id="dx1-7032"></a><a
@@ -3024,7 +3350,7 @@ settings (such as category attributes) in addition to any settings passed in the
argument of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1505--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don&#8217;t want <span
+</p><!--l. 1579--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don&#8217;t want <span
class="cmti-10">any </span>indexing, just omit <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and
<span
@@ -3035,18 +3361,18 @@ class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a
id="dx1-7034"></a>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 1511--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+</p><!--l. 1585--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts </span>doesn&#8217;t affect <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1513--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1515--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span
+</p><!--l. 1587--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1589--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-7035"></a>, you can instead use:
-</p><!--l. 1517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 1591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1593--><p class="noindent" >
This has the advantage of also working for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. For example, if you
want all locations in the back matter to appear in italic (unless explicitly
@@ -3055,12 +3381,12 @@ overridden):
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
\backmatter
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1526--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1528--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span
+\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1600--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1602--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-7036"></a> have star (<span
class="cmtt-10">*</span>) and plus (<span
@@ -3070,33 +3396,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a
third modifier, if required, using
-</p><!--l. 1532--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1606--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1534--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1608--><p class="noindent" >
where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9; is the character used as the modifier and &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9; is the default set of
options (which may be overridden). Note that &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9; must be a single character (not a
UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>).
-</p><!--l. 1541--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character &#x27E8;<span
+</p><!--l. 1615--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9; take care of any changes in category code.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1546--><p class="indent" > Example:
+</p><!--l. 1618--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1620--><p class="indent" > Example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1549--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1623--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It&#8217;s
not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do
@@ -3104,51 +3430,51 @@ not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
\gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1555--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1629--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you
can&#8217;t combine the <span
class="cmtt-10">* </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">! </span>modifiers.
-</p><!--l. 1560--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that&#8217;s used each time indexing information is written to the
+</p><!--l. 1634--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that&#8217;s used each time indexing information is written to the
external glossary files:
-</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1564--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1638--><p class="noindent" >
where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry&#8217;s label. This does nothing by default but may be redefined.
(See, for example, the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span>, which uses
this hook to determine which entries haven&#8217;t been indexed.)
-</p><!--l. 1571--><p class="indent" > There&#8217;s also a new hook (from v1.26) that&#8217;s used immediately before the options
+</p><!--l. 1645--><p class="indent" > There&#8217;s also a new hook (from v1.26) that&#8217;s used immediately before the options
are set by the <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands:
-</p><!--l. 1574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1648--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1576--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" >
(The base package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
id="dx1-7040"></a> that&#8217;s used immediately after the
options are set.)
-</p><!--l. 1580--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span
+</p><!--l. 1654--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1655--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpresetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1657--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 1585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 1659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-7042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpostsetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1587--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="noindent" >
For example, to default to using the <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
id="dx1-7043"></a> counter in maths mode:
@@ -3156,13 +3482,13 @@ class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
\renewcommand{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1595--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span
+&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
+\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
+&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1669--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span
class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
id="dx1-7044"></a> in the
optional argument of <span
@@ -3172,19 +3498,19 @@ just use the <a
href="#styopt.equations"><span
class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><a
id="dx1-7045"></a> package option.)
-</p><!--l. 1601--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument):
+</p><!--l. 1675--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument):
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
\renewcommand{\glslinkpostsetkeys}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpostsetkeys}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1608--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1610--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span
+&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
+\renewcommand{\glsaddpostsetkeys}{%
+&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1682--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1684--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-7046"></a> and <span
@@ -3199,7 +3525,7 @@ class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-7048"></a> keys is intended
primarily for adding locations in supplementary material that can&#8217;t be obtained from
a counter.
-</p><!--l. 1619--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span
+</p><!--l. 1693--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-7049"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span
class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a
@@ -3212,12 +3538,12 @@ class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9;. In general,
there&#8217;s little need for this key as the prefix is typically associated with a counter that
can be used to form hypertargets.
-</p><!--l. 1627--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+</p><!--l. 1701--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-7052"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application
that will accept the given value. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1630--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1632--><p class="indent" > For example, <span
+</p><!--l. 1704--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1706--><p class="indent" > For example, <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-7053"></a> will only accept locations in the form [&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
@@ -3238,10 +3564,10 @@ example,
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
\glsadd[thevalue={Supplementary&#x00A0;Material}]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1642--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1716--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a
id="dx1-7055"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, since it will allow any location and
@@ -3256,24 +3582,24 @@ class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-7058"></a> key to prevent a
hyperlink if one can&#8217;t naturally be formed from the prefix, counter and location
value.
-</p><!--l. 1651--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span
+</p><!--l. 1725--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span
class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\thepage}{S.\arabic{page}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />First&#x00A0;page.
-&#x00A0;<br />\newpage
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{sample}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1666--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+\renewcommand{\thepage}{S.\arabic{page}}
+\begin{document}
+First&#x00A0;page.
+\newpage
+\gls{sample}.
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1740--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
location in the glossary. Then this can be done by setting <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-7059"></a> to <span
@@ -3283,24 +3609,24 @@ example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />Some&#x00A0;\gls{sample}&#x00A0;text.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1685--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+\begin{document}
+Some&#x00A0;\gls{sample}&#x00A0;text.
+\printglossaries
+\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1759--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-7060"></a> as it&#8217;s in the form &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">sep</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 1689--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
+</p><!--l. 1763--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
<a
href="#catattr.externallocation"><span
class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a
@@ -3309,21 +3635,21 @@ class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
\glssetcategoryattribute{supplemental}{externallocation}{suppl.pdf}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1697--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,
+&#x00A0;name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1771--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span
class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
\glsadd[thevalue={S.2},format=glsxtrsupphypernumber]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1701--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1775--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-7062"></a> package. Remember that the counter
used for the location also needs to match. If <span
@@ -3339,14 +3665,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.tex </span>for an example that uses
<span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-7064"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1711--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span
+</p><!--l. 1785--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span
class="cmti-10">may not </span>take you to the
relevant place in the external PDF file <span
class="cmti-10">depending on your PDF viewer</span>. Some may not
support external links, and some may take you to the first page or last visited page.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1716--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1718--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span
+</p><!--l. 1790--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1792--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.pdf </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf</span>
are in the same directory, then viewing <span
@@ -3354,7 +3680,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf </span>in Evince will
take you to the correct location in the linked document (when you click on the S.2
external link), but Okular will take you to the top of the first page of the linked
document.
-</p><!--l. 1725--><p class="indent" > This method can only be used where there is one external source for the
+</p><!--l. 1799--><p class="indent" > This method can only be used where there is one external source for the
designated category (identified by the <a
href="#catattr.externallocation"><span
class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a
@@ -3368,103 +3694,90 @@ class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>files
of the designated external documents without the need to explicitly use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a
id="sec:see"></a>Cross-References (&#8220;see&#8221; and &#8220;see also&#8221;)</h3>
-<!--l. 1736--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span
+<!--l. 1810--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn&#8217;t the case with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>,
-where the <span
+ id="dx1-8001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn&#8217;t the case with
+<span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, where the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8002"></a> value is simply used to directly write a line to the corresponding
-glossary file and is then discarded. This is why the <span
+ id="dx1-8002"></a> value is simply used to directly write a line to the
+corresponding glossary file and is then discarded. This is why the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8003"></a> key can&#8217;t be used
-before <span
+ id="dx1-8003"></a> key
+can&#8217;t be used before <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8004"></a> (since the file hasn&#8217;t been opened yet). It&#8217;s also the
-reason why the <span
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8005"></a> key doesn&#8217;t have any effect when used in entries that
-are defined in the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-8006"></a><a
- id="dx1-8007"></a> environment. Since the value isn&#8217;t saved, it&#8217;s
-not available when the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file is created at the end of the document
-and so isn&#8217;t available at the start of the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-8008"></a><a
- id="dx1-8009"></a> environment on the next
-run.
-</p><!--l. 1749--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span
+ id="dx1-8004"></a> (since the file hasn&#8217;t been opened
+yet).
+</p><!--l. 1818--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to provide
-</p><!--l. 1750--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8010"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs </span></div><hr>
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 1752--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1821--><p class="noindent" >
which is used at the end of the document to automatically add any unused
cross-references unless the package option <a
href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a
- id="dx1-8011"></a> was set to false.
-</p><!--l. 1757--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span
+ id="dx1-8006"></a> was set to false.
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 1826--><p class="indent" > Note that even though the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8012"></a> key will now work for entries
-defined in the <span
+ id="dx1-8007"></a> key will now work for entries defined in the
+<span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-8013"></a><a
- id="dx1-8014"></a> environment, but it&#8217;s still best to define entries in the
-preamble, and the <span
+ id="dx1-8008"></a><a
+ id="dx1-8009"></a> environment, it&#8217;s still best to define entries in the preamble, and
+the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8015"></a> key still can&#8217;t perform any indexing before the file has been
-opened by <span
+ id="dx1-8010"></a> key still can&#8217;t perform any indexing before the file has been opened
+by <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. Note that <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.24 introduced the <a
href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span
class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-8016"></a>
+ id="dx1-8011"></a>
package option, which can be used to suppress the error when the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8017"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8012"></a> key
is used before <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>, so <a
href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span
class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ignore</span><a
- id="dx1-8018"></a> will allow the <span
+ id="dx1-8013"></a> will allow the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8019"></a>
+ id="dx1-8014"></a>
value to be stored even though it may not be possible to index it at that
point.
-</p><!--l. 1768--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
+</p><!--l. 1837--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
entry using
-</p><!--l. 1770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1841--><p class="noindent" >
This internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8021"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1843--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseeformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1776--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1845--><p class="noindent" >
where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9; are obtained from the value of the entry&#8217;s <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8022"></a> field (if
+ id="dx1-8017"></a> field (if
non-empty). By default, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -3473,17 +3786,17 @@ class="cmti-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span>,
which is how the cross-reference is displayed in the <a
- id="dx1-8023"></a><a
+ id="dx1-8018"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. Note that
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>does nothing if the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8024"></a> field hasn&#8217;t been set for the entry given by
+ id="dx1-8019"></a> field hasn&#8217;t been set for the entry given by
&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 1785--><p class="indent" > As with the base <span
+</p><!--l. 1854--><p class="indent" > As with the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8025"></a> package, <span
+ id="dx1-8020"></a> package, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is defined to do <span
class="cmtt-10">\emph{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -3494,30 +3807,30 @@ class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The third argument is always ignored and is present for
<span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8026"></a>, which always requires a final argument to encapsulate the associated
+ id="dx1-8021"></a>, which always requires a final argument to encapsulate the associated
location. The command
-</p><!--l. 1791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 1860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a
- id="dx1-8027"></a><span
+ id="dx1-8022"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1792--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1861--><p class="noindent" >
used to iterate over the list of cross-reference labels is also unchanged from
the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8028"></a> package, with each item in the list formatted according
+ id="dx1-8023"></a> package, with each item in the list formatted according
to:
-</p><!--l. 1797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 1866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitem</span><a
- id="dx1-8029"></a><span
+ id="dx1-8024"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1798--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1867--><p class="noindent" >
This is defined by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8030"></a> package to: </p><div class="alltt">
+ id="dx1-8025"></a> package to: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink[\glsseeitemformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -3529,46 +3842,45 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div> So the actual formatting for each cross-referenced entry is performed by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span><a
- id="dx1-8031"></a>, which is redefined by <span
+ id="dx1-8026"></a>, which is redefined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-8032"></a>, as described in <a
+ id="dx1-8027"></a>, as described in
+<a
href="#sec:modifications"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2
-</a><a
-href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>. This now displays the value of the
-<span
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:modifications </a><a
+href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>. This now
+displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-8033"></a> field for abbreviations and the value of the <span
+ id="dx1-8028"></a> field for abbreviations and the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-8034"></a> field otherwise. There&#8217;s no
-indication of the entry hierarchy, which could confuse the reader. Therefore, as from
-
-
-
-<span
+ id="dx1-8029"></a> field
+otherwise. There&#8217;s no indication of the entry hierarchy, which could confuse
+the reader. Therefore, as from <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-8035"></a> v1.37, there are some new commands that include the hierarchical
-information. You may prefer to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>to use one of this if you
-have sub-entries. For example:
+ id="dx1-8030"></a> v1.37, there are some new
+commands that include the hierarchical information. You may prefer to
+redefine <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>to use one of this if you have sub-entries. For
+example:
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsxtrhiername{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1816--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1818--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1885--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides
-</p><!--l. 1819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8036"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1888--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1821--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1890--><p class="noindent" >
to format items in a cross-reference list (identified with the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8037"></a> key or <span
+ id="dx1-8032"></a> key or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>). This
was originally defined to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -3577,19 +3889,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>since it makes more sense for the
cross-reference to match the way the term appears in the glossary. Unfortunately this
caused a problem when the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-8038"></a> field was sanitized, which used to be the default
+ id="dx1-8033"></a> field was sanitized, which used to be the default
setting, so <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0 changed the default definition of this command to
use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>instead. Since the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-8039"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-8034"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-8040"></a> field are quite often
+ id="dx1-8035"></a> field are quite often
the same, this change usually doesn&#8217;t have a noticeable effect. However,
now that the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-8041"></a> field is no longer sanitized (following the redesign of
+ id="dx1-8036"></a> field is no longer sanitized (following the redesign of
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.0) it makes more sense to restore this command to its original
behaviour, but to take account of abbreviations <span
@@ -3599,50 +3911,51 @@ as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1840--><p class="nopar" > (Note that as from <span
+&#x00A0;\ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1909--><p class="nopar" > (Note that as from <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>version 1.42, this now uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname </span>instead of just referencing the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-8042"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-8037"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-8043"></a> fields. This helps to ensure
+ id="dx1-8038"></a> fields. This helps to ensure
that any formatting is correctly applied.)
-</p><!--l. 1846--><p class="indent" > If you want to restore the <span
+</p><!--l. 1915--><p class="indent" > If you want to restore the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0+ definition just do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1849--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1851--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1918--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1920--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-8044"></a> package provides <span
+ id="dx1-8039"></a> package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername</span><a
- id="dx1-8045"></a> and its case-changing
+ id="dx1-8040"></a> and its case-changing
variants that may be used within the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>if required.
These display the hierarchy for sub-entries rather than just the name, which may be
more helpful in cross-references.
-</p><!--l. 1856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8046"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1858--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1927--><p class="noindent" >
performs a recursive action:
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8048x1">If the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-8043x1">
+ <!--l. 1930--><p class="noindent" >If the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a parent, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">parent</span>
@@ -3650,84 +3963,85 @@ class="cmti-10">parent</span>
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>is done followed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span>then:
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8050x2">If the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
+ </p></li>
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-8045x2">
+ <!--l. 1933--><p class="noindent" >If the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is an abbreviation (that is, it has the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-8051"></a> field
+ id="dx1-8046"></a> field
set) then the short form is displayed (using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>) otherwise the
name is displayed (using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span>).</li></ol>
-<!--l. 1869--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn&#8217;t have a parent. Each level is separated
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span>).</p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 1938--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn&#8217;t have a parent. Each level is separated
by:
-</p><!--l. 1871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8052"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1873--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1942--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to &#8220; <span
class="cmmi-9">&#x22B3; </span>&#8221;. This can be redefined as appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 1877--><p class="indent" > There are some case-changing variants:
-</p><!--l. 1878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8053"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1946--><p class="indent" > There are some case-changing variants:
+</p><!--l. 1947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1880--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1949--><p class="noindent" >
The top-level has the first letter changed to upper case (either <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname</span>). There&#8217;s no case-change for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 1885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8054"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1956--><p class="noindent" >
All levels have the first letter changed to upper case (either <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8055"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 1960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1893--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1962--><p class="noindent" >
The top-level is converted to upper case (either <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname</span>).
There&#8217;s no case-change for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 1898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8056"></a> <span
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 1967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSXTRhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1900--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1969--><p class="noindent" >
All levels are converted to upper case (either <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname</span>).
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 1904--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a
- id="dx1-8057"></a>number list using <a
+</p><!--l. 1973--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a
+ id="dx1-8052"></a>number list using <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-8058"></a>. This
+ id="dx1-8053"></a>. This
will automatically prevent the cross-references from being displayed. The
<a
href="#styopt.seeautonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-8059"></a> package option will automatically enable the <a
- id="dx1-8060"></a>number list for entries
+ id="dx1-8054"></a> package option will automatically enable the <a
+ id="dx1-8055"></a>number list for entries
that have the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8061"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a
- id="dx1-8062"></a>number
+ id="dx1-8056"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a
+ id="dx1-8057"></a>number
list.
-</p><!--l. 1911--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
+</p><!--l. 1980--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>to append the cross-reference after the description. For
example:
@@ -3735,22 +4049,22 @@ example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{,&#x00A0;\glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1920--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a
- id="dx1-8063"></a><a
+&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
+&#x00A0;{,&#x00A0;\glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
+&#x00A0;{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1989--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a
+ id="dx1-8058"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> has been
suppressed.
-</p><!--l. 1924--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there&#8217;s a separate <span
+</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there&#8217;s a separate <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8064"></a> key. Unlike <span
+ id="dx1-8059"></a> key. Unlike <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8065"></a>, this doesn&#8217;t have an
+ id="dx1-8060"></a>, this doesn&#8217;t have an
optional part for the textual tag. The syntax <span
class="cmtt-10">seealso={</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">xr-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -3761,76 +4075,76 @@ class="cmitt-10">xr-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>but the
information is stored in a separate field. If you need a different tag, use the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8066"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8061"></a> key
instead (or redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat</span>, described
below).
-</p><!--l. 1932--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span
+</p><!--l. 2001--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8067"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8062"></a> key
using:
-</p><!--l. 1934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8068"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 2003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1936--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2005--><p class="noindent" >
This works in much the same way as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>but it internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8069"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 2008--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1941--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{,&#x00A0;\glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{seealso}{\glscurrententrylabel}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{&#x00A0;(\glsxtruseseealso{\glscurrententrylabel})}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1952--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1954--><p class="indent" > The <span
+&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
+&#x00A0;{,&#x00A0;\glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
+&#x00A0;{}%
+&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{seealso}{\glscurrententrylabel}
+&#x00A0;{&#x00A0;(\glsxtruseseealso{\glscurrententrylabel})}%
+&#x00A0;{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2021--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2023--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-8070"></a> key only contains a single label not a list, but if you want to ensure
+ id="dx1-8065"></a> key only contains a single label not a list, but if you want to ensure
consistent formatting with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso </span>you can use
(from v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 1957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8071"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 2026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusealias{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1959--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1961--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list &#x27E8;<span
+</p><!--l. 2028--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2030--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">xr-list</span>&#x27E9; stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8072"></a> field
+ id="dx1-8067"></a> field
can be accessed with:
-</p><!--l. 1963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8073"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 2032--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8068"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1965--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2034--><p class="noindent" >
This will just expand to the &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">xr-labels</span>&#x27E9; provided in the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8074"></a> key. There&#8217;s
+ id="dx1-8069"></a> key. There&#8217;s
no corresponding command to access the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-8075"></a> field. If you really need to access it, you
+ id="dx1-8070"></a> field. If you really need to access it, you
can use commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse</span>, but remember that it may start with
<span
@@ -3838,10 +4152,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>, so it can&#8217;t be automatically treated as a simple comma-separated
list.
-</p><!--l. 1973--><p class="indent" > As mentioned above, the base <span
+</p><!--l. 2042--><p class="indent" > As mentioned above, the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a
- id="dx1-8076"></a>, which
+ id="dx1-8071"></a>, which
requires a comma-separated list of labels as the argument. The argument isn&#8217;t fully
expanded, so it&#8217;s not suitable to use, for example, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -3849,25 +4163,25 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>as
the argument. For convenience, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides
-</p><!--l. 1978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8077"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8072"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1980--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="noindent" >
which fully expands its argument and passes it to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1983--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2052--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8078"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
-</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8079"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-8073"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
+</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexseealso{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1986--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2055--><p class="noindent" >
which just does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -3884,42 +4198,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div> unless the <a
href="#styopt.xindy"><span
class="cmss-10">xindy</span></a><a
- id="dx1-8080"></a> option is used with <span
+ id="dx1-8075"></a> option is used with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8081"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
+ id="dx1-8076"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
<span
class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>cross-reference class is used instead.
-<!--l. 1995--><p class="indent" > The command that produces this &#8220;see also&#8221; text is
-</p><!--l. 1996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8082"></a> <span
+<!--l. 2064--><p class="indent" > The command that produces this &#8220;see also&#8221; text is
+</p><!--l. 2065--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1998--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2067--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="cmtt-10">\alsoname</span><a
- id="dx1-8083"></a> (provided by language packages) is defined then <span
+ id="dx1-8078"></a> (provided by language packages) is defined then <span
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>will
simply be defined to <span
class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>otherwise it will be defined to <span
class="cmtt-10">see also</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2003--><p class="indent" > The language-sensitive <span
+</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="indent" > The language-sensitive <span
class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>is used by general indexing packages, such as
<span
class="cmss-10">makeidx</span><a
- id="dx1-8084"></a>, so if you redefine <span
+ id="dx1-8079"></a>, so if you redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>the change will apply to normal indexes as well
as glossaries. If you only want to change the text produced by the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8085"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8080"></a> key
without affecting general indexing (with <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span>) then redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2079--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2079--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a
id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2013--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span
+<!--l. 2082--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>display text at
that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant
@@ -3930,7 +4244,7 @@ whether or not it actually has a hyperlink. The actual text and the way
it&#8217;s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) and the entry
format.
-</p><!--l. 2020--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span
+</p><!--l. 2089--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-9002"></a>) used in the <a
id="dx1-9003"></a>link-text by commands like
@@ -3953,35 +4267,39 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to test for regular
entries, which are determined as follows:
</p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">If an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 2097--><p class="noindent" >If an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-9010"></a> attribute set (see <a
+ id="dx1-9010"></a> attribute set
+ (see <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>6
- </a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>), the entry is considered a&#x00A0;regular entry, even if it has a&#x00A0;value
- for the <span
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>), the entry is considered a&#x00A0;regular entry,
+ even if it has a&#x00A0;value for the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-9011"></a> key. In this case <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>
+ uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-9012"></a>
- (provided by <span
+ id="dx1-9012"></a> (provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>), which uses the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-9013"></a> (or <span
+ id="dx1-9013"></a> (or
+ <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-9014"></a>) value on <a
id="dx1-9015"></a><a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first
- use</a> and the <span
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
id="dx1-9016"></a> (or <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-9017"></a>) value on subsequent use.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">An entry that doesn&#8217;t have a&#x00A0;value for the <span
+ id="dx1-9017"></a>) value on subsequent
+ use.
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" >An entry that doesn&#8217;t have a&#x00A0;value for the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-9018"></a> key is assumed to
be a&#x00A0;regular entry, even if the <a
@@ -3993,42 +4311,45 @@ class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-9020"></a>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">If an entry does has a&#x00A0;value for the <span
-class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-9021"></a> key and hasn&#8217;t been marked as
- a&#x00A0;regular entry through the <a
-href="#catattr.regular"><span
-class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-9022"></a> attribute, it&#8217;s not considered a regular
- entry. In this case <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >If an entry does has a&#x00A0;value for the <span
+class="cmss-10">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-9021"></a> key and hasn&#8217;t been marked
+ as a&#x00A0;regular entry through the <a
+href="#catattr.regular"><span
+class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
+ id="dx1-9022"></a> attribute, it&#8217;s not considered
+ a regular entry. In this case <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-9023"></a> (defined by
- <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>) which is governed by the abbreviation style (see <a
+ id="dx1-9023"></a>
+ (defined by <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>) which is governed by the abbreviation style
+ (see <a
href="#sec:abbrstyle"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>4.2
- </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrstyle </a><a
href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>).
+</p>
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2051--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
+<!--l. 2120--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
than abbreviations if it&#8217;s more appropriate for the desired style.
-</p><!--l. 2055--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span
+</p><!--l. 2124--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-9024"></a> now puts <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentry</span><a
id="dx1-9025"></a> in the argument of
the new command
-</p><!--l. 2057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2059--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2128--><p class="noindent" >
This just does its argument &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; by default. This means that if you want regular
entries in a different font but don&#8217;t want that font to apply to abbreviations, then
@@ -4041,60 +4362,60 @@ overridden by the <a
href="#catattr.textformat"><span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a
id="dx1-9028"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 2068--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 2137--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2071--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2140--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. For example, you can query the
category:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2077--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called
+&#x00A0;\glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2146--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called
<span
class="cmtt-10">font</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{font}{sf}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2085--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it&#8217;s simpler to just do, for example:
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;\glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2154--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it&#8217;s simpler to just do, for example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{textformat}{textsf}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2089--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2158--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2092--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates
+</p><!--l. 2161--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>:
-</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbreviationfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" >
This also just does its argument by default. Font changes made by abbreviation styles
are within &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 2100--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2169--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to insert information
after the <a
@@ -4103,36 +4424,36 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> produced by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>is redefined
to
-</p><!--l. 2103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" >
This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
id="dx1-9032"></a> attribute
is set to &#8220;true&#8221; for the current entry&#8217;s category. It will also do
-</p><!--l. 2109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2180--><p class="noindent" >
if a full stop hasn&#8217;t be discarded and
-</p><!--l. 2113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2115--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" >
if a full stop has been discarded.
-</p><!--l. 2118--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category
+</p><!--l. 2187--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category
attribute) to determine whether or not to discard a following full stop. In which case
you can redefine:
-</p><!--l. 2121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">true</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2123--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2192--><p class="noindent" >
You can access the field&#8217;s label using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. This command should do &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if the
@@ -4143,12 +4464,12 @@ definition is simply:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod}[2]{#2}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2130--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2199--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category
attributes will be checked.)
-</p><!--l. 2134--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span
+</p><!--l. 2203--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands within the
post-link hook as they will cause interference. Consider using commands like
@@ -4157,11 +4478,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>(<a
href="#sec:nested"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2.8 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:nested </a><a
href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>) instead.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2139--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2141--><p class="indent" > By default <span
+</p><!--l. 2208--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2210--><p class="indent" > By default <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<a
@@ -4173,27 +4495,27 @@ class="cmss-10">general</span><a
id="dx1-9037"></a> category, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been
defined.)
-</p><!--l. 2146--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span
+</p><!--l. 2215--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newcommand</span>, for
example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2152--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+&#x00A0;\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2221--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2156--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >
This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -4207,7 +4529,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that it doesn&#8217;t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 2164--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
+<!--l. 2233--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<a
@@ -4222,18 +4544,18 @@ with a full stop, a redundant following full stop will be discarded and the spac
adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional
material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be
reinserted.
-</p><!--l. 2177--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
+</p><!--l. 2246--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
the post-<a
id="dx1-9041"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks:
-</p><!--l. 2179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" >
This will add the description in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-9043"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2184--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a
+</p><!--l. 2253--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-9044"></a>first
use for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
@@ -4242,24 +4564,24 @@ class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinksymbol}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2191--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2260--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2264--><p class="noindent" >
This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-9047"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. (Does nothing if
the symbol hasn&#8217;t been set.)
-</p><!--l. 2199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2201--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" >
(New to v1.31.) On <a
id="dx1-9049"></a>first use, this will append <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(&#x27E8;<span
@@ -4268,7 +4590,7 @@ class="cmti-10">description</span>&#x27E9;) if the
symbol is defined otherwise it just appends <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">description</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can&#8217;t use
+</p><!--l. 2276--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can&#8217;t use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
id="dx1-9050"></a> within the post-<a
@@ -4277,14 +4599,14 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook as by this point the <a
id="dx1-9052"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have
been unset. Instead you can use
-</p><!--l. 2210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">true</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2212--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2281--><p class="noindent" >
This will do &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if the last used entry was the <a
id="dx1-9054"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it
@@ -4295,7 +4617,7 @@ locally set by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so don&#8217;t rely on it outside of the post-<a
id="dx1-9055"></a>link-text
hook.
-</p><!--l. 2220--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 2289--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-9056"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
@@ -4318,8 +4640,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>so that it fakes non-<a
id="dx1-9063"></a>first use otherwise
the inline full format would include the footnote, which is inappropriate.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2229--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2231--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a
+</p><!--l. 2298--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2300--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a
id="dx1-9064"></a>link-text
on <a
id="dx1-9065"></a>first use for the <span
@@ -4329,35 +4651,36 @@ class="cmss-10">general</span><a
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2237--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2239--><p class="indent" > The <a
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2306--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-9067"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a
id="dx1-9068"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the
footnote after trailing punctuation characters.
-</p><!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a
id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2247--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a
+<!--l. 2316--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a
id="dx1-10001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you may find it more convenient to use the record
-count commands described in <a
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you may find it more convenient to use the record count
+commands described in <a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>9 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 2251--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2320--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
id="dx1-10002"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
@@ -4365,45 +4688,47 @@ class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
id="dx1-10003"></a>
attribute. This means that you not only need to enable entry counting with
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a
+class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see
+<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>6
-</a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2257--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing:
+</p><!--l. 2326--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
\glsenableentrycount
-</div>
-<!--l. 2260--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2329--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
\glsenableentrycount
-&#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2265--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2334--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-10004"></a> category, but any
entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged.
-</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
+</p><!--l. 2339--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
described in <a
href="#sec:entrycount"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>7.1 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycount </a><a
href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a
id="sec:glsunset"></a>First Use Flag</h3>
-<!--l. 2276--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 2345--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides
-</p><!--l. 2278--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 2347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
id="dx1-11001"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -4413,7 +4738,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2348--><p class="noindent" >
to determine whether or not an entry has been used. This requires the entry to have
been defined. If the entry is undefined, then the underlying boolean variable doesn&#8217;t
exist and so is neither true nor false. This command will produce an error with the
@@ -4432,7 +4757,7 @@ class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; nor &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9; will be performed if &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; doesn&#8217;t
exist.
-</p><!--l. 2290--><p class="indent" > The <a
+</p><!--l. 2359--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
id="dx1-11004"></a> option automatically implements <a
@@ -4445,7 +4770,7 @@ will be defined until they have been selected by <a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. In this case, you may prefer
to use:
-</p><!--l. 2294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -4454,38 +4779,39 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" >
(new to v1.34) which does &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is undefined or if
the entry is marked as unused. Remember that neither <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused </span>nor
<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined </span>should be used in the post-link hook as the
-<a
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined </span>should be used in the post-link hook as the <a
id="dx1-11008"></a><a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have already been unset before the hook is performed.
-(Instead, <span
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use
+flag</a> will have already been unset before the hook is performed. (Instead,
+<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span><a
id="dx1-11009"></a> should be used, see <a
href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2.4 </a><a
-href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display Style
-Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+:
-</p><!--l. 2306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entryfmtmods </a><a
+href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display
+Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 2374--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+:
+</p><!--l. 2375--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreseteach{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2377--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 2310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunseteach{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2312--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2381--><p class="noindent" >
These behave like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>but the argument is a
@@ -4493,7 +4819,7 @@ comma-separated list of labels.
-</p><!--l. 2316--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span
+</p><!--l. 2385--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is modified first to allow for the
changing in entry counting, described above, but also to allow for buffering pending
unsets when commands like <span
@@ -4506,18 +4832,18 @@ the commands provided with the <a
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\gls{html}.}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2325--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error:
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2394--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
Glossary&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;`{html}'&#x00A0;has&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;been&#x00A0;defined.
-</div>
-<!--l. 2329--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2398--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span> inside the argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\mbox</span>. For
example:
@@ -4525,27 +4851,27 @@ example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\mbox{\gls{html}}.}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2334--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it&#8217;s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2403--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it&#8217;s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the
first use flag causes a problem and results in the error:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
!&#x00A0;Package&#x00A0;soul&#x00A0;Error:&#x00A0;Reconstruction&#x00A0;failed.
-</div>
-<!--l. 2340--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2409--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of temporarily switching off <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span>
so that it just makes a note of the entry&#8217;s label but doesn&#8217;t actually perform the
change:
-</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2415--><p class="noindent" >
The unstarred version doesn&#8217;t check for duplicates, so the internal list may
end up with multiple occurrences of the same label. The starred version
only adds a label to the internal list if it&#8217;s not already in it. Note that this
@@ -4553,12 +4879,12 @@ buffering only applies to the global <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and does not affect the local
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2354--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span
+</p><!--l. 2423--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and unset all buffered labels using:
-</p><!--l. 2356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2358--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2427--><p class="noindent" >
The starred form <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering* </span>uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>instead. For
@@ -4567,84 +4893,84 @@ example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{soul}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering
-&#x00A0;<br />\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\mbox{\gls{html}}.}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2377--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{soul}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\begin{document}
+\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering
+\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\mbox{\gls{html}}.}
+\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
+Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2446--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer
using
-</p><!--l. 2380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2449--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2382--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2451--><p class="noindent" >
where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; is a control sequence that takes a single argument (which is the entry label).
This is best used with the starred version <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering* </span>to avoid
duplicates.
-</p><!--l. 2387--><p class="indent" > You can discard the buffer and restore <span
+</p><!--l. 2456--><p class="indent" > You can discard the buffer and restore <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>to its normal behaviour with
(new to v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2393--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn&#8217;t occur until
+</p><!--l. 2460--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2462--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn&#8217;t occur until
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span>, multiple references of the same term within the
buffering zone will always be treated as first use (if the term wasn&#8217;t used before the
buffering started). </div>
-</p><!--l. 2399--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2401--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span
+</p><!--l. 2468--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2470--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span
class="cmtt-10">\mbox </span>can&#8217;t break across a
line so you may end up with an overfull line or excessive white space within the
paragraph.
-</p><!--l. 2405--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
+</p><!--l. 2474--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering
-&#x00A0;<br />\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\protect\gls{html}.}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
-</div>
-<!--l. 2410--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won&#8217;t be applied. Another
+\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\protect\gls{html}.}
+\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2479--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won&#8217;t be applied. Another
possibility is:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{soul}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newrobustcmd{\gul}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\glsxtrabbreviationfont##1{\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{\ul}{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\glsxtrregularfont##1{\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{\ul}{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#1%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;}\gls[textformat=gul]{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2433--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span
+\usepackage{soul}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\newrobustcmd{\gul}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\glsxtrabbreviationfont##1{\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{\ul}{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\glsxtrregularfont##1{\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{\ul}{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#1%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+}
+\begin{document}
+\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;}\gls[textformat=gul]{html}.
+Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2502--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>outside of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>and uses <span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span><a
@@ -4659,14 +4985,14 @@ class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a
class="cmtt-10">\gul</span>, which locally changes the regular
font and the default abbreviation font to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\ul</span>. It then uses
-</p><!--l. 2440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2511--><p class="noindent" >
which (protected) fully expands &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; before applying &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;, which must be a control
@@ -4678,12 +5004,12 @@ something that <span
class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>can&#8217;t deal with. For example, if an abbreviation style is used
that contains complex formatting or if the field value contains problematic
content.
-</p><!--l. 2452--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2452--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a
id="plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 2454--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
+<!--l. 2523--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
the singular with a suffix appended. This isn&#8217;t an absolute rule. There are
plenty of exceptions (for example, geese, children, churches, elves, fairies,
sheep). The <span
@@ -4697,7 +5023,7 @@ defining entries. In some cases a plural may not make any sense (for example,
the term is a symbol) and in some cases the plural may be identical to the
singular.
-</p><!--l. 2463--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
+</p><!--l. 2532--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
formed by appending a suffix to the singular, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-12003"></a> package lets the <span
@@ -4713,11 +5039,11 @@ don&#8217;t need to have the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-12007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the
exceptions.
-</p><!--l. 2472--><p class="indent" > For languages that don&#8217;t have this general rule, the <span
+</p><!--l. 2541--><p class="indent" > For languages that don&#8217;t have this general rule, the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-12008"></a> field will always need to
be supplied, where needed.
-</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2544--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-12009"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
@@ -4727,11 +5053,12 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
you are using a language that doesn&#8217;t have a simple suffix rule, you&#8217;ll have to
supply the plural forms if you need them (and if a plural makes sense in the
context).
-</p><!--l. 2481--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span
+</p><!--l. 2550--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-12012"></a> package follows these rules: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">If <span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 2553--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-12013"></a> is missing, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>is appended to the <span
@@ -4763,8 +5090,9 @@ class="cmss-10">text</span><a
id="dx1-12024"></a> field) with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>appended.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">If the <span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 2563--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
id="dx1-12025"></a> field is missing, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>is appended to
@@ -4773,8 +5101,9 @@ class="cmss-10">long</span><a
id="dx1-12026"></a> field, if the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
id="dx1-12027"></a> field has been supplied.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">If the <span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 2567--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-12028"></a> field is missing then, <span
class="cmti-10">with the base </span><span
@@ -4787,8 +5116,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix</span><a
id="dx1-12030"></a> is appended to the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-12031"></a> field.
+</p>
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2504--><p class="indent" > This <span
+<!--l. 2573--><p class="indent" > This <span
class="cmti-10">last case is changed </span>with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. With this extension package, the
<span
@@ -4803,12 +5133,15 @@ abbreviation styles. This means that every time an abbreviation style is
implemented, <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is redefined. In most cases its redefined to
use
-</p><!--l. 2512--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-12035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2514--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>. Some of the abbreviation styles have their
+
+
+
own command for the plural suffix, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix</span>, so if you want to
completely strip all the plural suffixes used for abbreviations then you need to
@@ -4819,10 +5152,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span>, which changes with
the style. Redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix </span>will have no affect, since it&#8217;s not used by the
new abbreviation mechanism.
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 2524--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
+</p><!--l. 2593--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
attributes that affect the short plural suffix formation. The first is <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
@@ -4832,10 +5162,10 @@ uses the suffix
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
'\abbrvpluralsuffix
-</div>
-<!--l. 2529--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2598--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is appended. The second
attribute is <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
@@ -4846,12 +5176,12 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
same as <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-12039"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8 </span> <a
id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h3>
-<!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span
+<!--l. 2607--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-13001"></a> in the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -4864,22 +5194,23 @@ fields, if set). This tends to occur with abbreviations that extend other abbrev
For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an
abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext
Markup Language.
-</p><!--l. 2546--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span
+</p><!--l. 2615--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
\newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{Server&#x00A0;Side&#x00A0;Includes}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext&#x00A0;Markup&#x00A0;Language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2552--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2554--><p class="indent" > The main problems are:
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext&#x00A0;Markup&#x00A0;Language}
+\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2621--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2623--><p class="indent" > The main problems are:
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-13006x1"><a
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-13006x1">
+ <!--l. 2625--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:nestedfirstucprob"></a> The first letter upper casing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-13007"></a>, won&#8217;t work for the
@@ -4892,28 +5223,30 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> if the long form is displayed before the shor
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
\gls{\uppercase&#x00A0;ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
-</div>
- <!--l. 2562--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn&#8217;t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2631--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn&#8217;t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn&#8217;t work either as this
will effectively try to do
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
\uppercase{\gls{ssi}}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
-</div>
- <!--l. 2567--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2636--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>so the entry won&#8217;t be recognised.
This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a
id="dx1-13009"></a>.
</p></li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-13011x2"><a
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-13011x2">
+ <!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:nonexpandprob"></a> The long and abbreviated forms accessed through <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a
id="dx1-13012"></a> and
@@ -4921,16 +5254,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><a
id="dx1-13013"></a> are no longer expandable and so can&#8217;t be used be used in
contexts that require this, such as PDF bookmarks.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-13015x3"><a
+ </p></li>
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-13015x3">
+ <!--l. 2646--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:nestedsortprob"></a> The nested commands may end up in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-13016"></a> key, which will confuse the
indexing.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-13018x4"><a
+ </p></li>
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-13018x4">
+ <!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob"></a> The <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces inconsistent results depending on whether the <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi</span>
@@ -4943,18 +5278,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. For example:
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
+</p>
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
This&#x00A0;section&#x00A0;discusses&#x00A0;\gls{ssi},&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{shtml}.
-</div>
- <!--l. 2586--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 2589--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext
- markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></div>
- <!--l. 2592--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2655--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 2658--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext
+ markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 2661--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-13019"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces &#8220;SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)&#8221;.
- </p><!--l. 2595--><p class="noindent" >Now let&#8217;s suppose the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2664--><p class="noindent" >Now let&#8217;s suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry is used before the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but the <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>entry is
@@ -4964,41 +5300,41 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry, for example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
The&#x00A0;sample&#x00A0;files&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;either&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;but&#x00A0;let's
- &#x00A0;<br />first&#x00A0;discuss&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}.
-</div>
- <!--l. 2601--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
+ first&#x00A0;discuss&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}.
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2670--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 2673--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let&#8217;s
- first discuss SSI.</p></div>
- <!--l. 2609--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ first discuss SSI.</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 2678--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-13020"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces &#8220;server side includes (SSI)
enabled HTML (SHTML)&#8221;, which looks a bit strange.
- </p><!--l. 2613--><p class="noindent" >Now let&#8217;s suppose the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2682--><p class="noindent" >Now let&#8217;s suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two
entries:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
This&#x00A0;article&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;introduction&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\gls{shtml}.
-</div>
- <!--l. 2617--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
- </p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 2620--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI)
- enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></div>
- <!--l. 2623--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2686--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ </p><blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 2689--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI)
+ enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 2692--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-13021"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces &#8220;server side includes (SSI)
enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)&#8221;, which is even more
strange.
- </p><!--l. 2627--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2696--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package&#8217;s
<span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example:
@@ -5006,10 +5342,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-</div>
- <!--l. 2632--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2701--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>when displaying the
long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so
@@ -5021,7 +5357,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>has been changed to <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>by
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span>.
- </p><!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry between uses of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>
entry. For example:
@@ -5029,13 +5365,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
\gls{shtml}&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;\glsreset{html}\gls{shtml}
-</div>
- <!--l. 2644--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2713--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>produces &#8220;Shypertext markup language (HTML)&#8221;,
which is downright weird.
- </p><!--l. 2648--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
+ </p><!--l. 2717--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem
for some styles, but if you use one of the &#8220;sm&#8221; styles (that use <span
@@ -5043,8 +5379,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a
id="dx1-13023"></a>),
this will produce an odd result.
</p></li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-13025x5"><a
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-13025x5">
+ <!--l. 2723--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:indexingprob"></a> Each time the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used, the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry will also be indexed and
@@ -5055,9 +5392,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">html</span>
entries. This kind of duplication in the location list isn&#8217;t usually particularly
helpful to the reader.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-13028x6"><a
+ </p></li>
+<li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-13028x6">
+ <!--l. 2729--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:nestedhyplinkprob"></a> If <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-13029"></a> is in use, you&#8217;ll get nested hyperlinks and there&#8217;s no consistent way
@@ -5067,8 +5405,9 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
HTML (SHTML)&#8221; link, they may be directed to the HTML entry
in the glossary or they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the
glossary.
+</p>
</li></ol>
-<!--l. 2669--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it&#8217;s better to use the simple expandable commands
+<!--l. 2738--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it&#8217;s better to use the simple expandable commands
like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
id="dx1-13031"></a> or <span
@@ -5080,23 +5419,23 @@ like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
\newacronym
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={\acrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\acrshort{html}}]
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2677--><p class="nopar" > with <span
+&#x00A0;[description={\acrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\acrshort{html}}]
+&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2746--><p class="nopar" > with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
\newabbreviation
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={\glsxtrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort{html}}]
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2683--><p class="nopar" > with <span
+&#x00A0;[description={\glsxtrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort{html}}]
+&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2752--><p class="nopar" > with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don&#8217;t
use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a
@@ -5107,24 +5446,24 @@ may fix the <a
id="dx1-13034"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn&#8217;t fix any of the other problems listed
above.
-</p><!--l. 2690--><p class="indent" > If it&#8217;s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2759--><p class="indent" > If it&#8217;s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side&#x00A0;includes}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsabbrvfont{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2699--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
+\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side&#x00A0;includes}
+\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
+\glsabbrvfont{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2768--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
This isn&#8217;t a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same
style.
-</p><!--l. 2704--><p class="indent" > However if you&#8217;re really determined to use <span
+</p><!--l. 2773--><p class="indent" > However if you&#8217;re really determined to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-13035"></a> in a field that may be included
within some <a
@@ -5145,19 +5484,19 @@ form
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2715--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2784--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}}&#x00A0;enabled
-&#x00A0;<br />{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2720--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems&#x00A0;<a
+{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2789--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems&#x00A0;<a
href="#itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob">4<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob --></a>, <a
href="#itm:indexingprob">5<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:indexingprob --></a> and <a
href="#itm:nestedhyplinkprob">6<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedhyplinkprob --></a> listed above, but still doesn&#8217;t fix problems&#x00A0;<a
@@ -5173,7 +5512,7 @@ as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13040"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2731--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2800--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
id="dx1-13041"></a> or
<span
@@ -5208,10 +5547,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry had instead been defined as:
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
\newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\acrshort{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2744--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2813--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-13047"></a> style) the <a
@@ -5221,31 +5560,31 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}}&#x00A0;enabled
-&#x00A0;<br />{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
-</div>
-<!--l. 2750--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
+{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2819--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
\newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrshort{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2755--><p class="nopar" > then the <a
+\glsxtrshort{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2824--><p class="nopar" > then the <a
id="dx1-13049"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}}&#x00A0;enabled
-&#x00A0;<br />{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
-</div>
-<!--l. 2760--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span
+{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2829--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in
this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The
@@ -5256,15 +5595,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
id="dx1-13051"></a>. Note
that <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>doesn&#8217;t set the abbreviation style.
-</p><!--l. 2768--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use:
-</p><!--l. 2769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2837--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use:
+</p><!--l. 2838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13052"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2771--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2840--><p class="noindent" >
where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the field label and corresponds to a command in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -5274,39 +5613,40 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>) or in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="indent" > There&#8217;s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
-</p><!--l. 2777--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2845--><p class="indent" > There&#8217;s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
+</p><!--l. 2846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsps{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2779--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}</span></span></span><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and
-</p><!--l. 2781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2783--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{text}</span></span></span><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2786--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>command behaves much like the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; commands described
in <a
href="#sec:headtitle"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>5 </a><a
-href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> but the post-link
-hook is also suppressed and extra grouping is added. It automatically sets
-<span
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:headtitle </a><a
+href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> but
+the post-link hook is also suppressed and extra grouping is added. It automatically
+sets <span
class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a
id="dx1-13055"></a> to <span
class="cmtt-10">false </span>and <span
@@ -5314,118 +5654,118 @@ class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
id="dx1-13056"></a> to <span
class="cmtt-10">true</span>. If you want to change this, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 2793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2862--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2795--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
\glsxtrsetpopts{hyper=false}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2799--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2868--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
this command or you can end up back to the original problem of nested
links.
-</p><!--l. 2804--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
+</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
command:
-</p><!--l. 2806--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2808--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2877--><p class="noindent" >
which by default just does
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2812--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2881--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>is used in the
glossary. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
\renewcommand{\glossxtrsetpopts}{\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex=false}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2817--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2819--><p class="indent" > For example,
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2886--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2888--><p class="indent" > For example,
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2822--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2891--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
{\let\glspostlinkhook\relax
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2828--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
+&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2897--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
{\let\glspostlinkhook\relax
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2834--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
-</p><!--l. 2837--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2903--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
+</p><!--l. 2906--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}</span></span></span> occurs in a sectioning mark, it&#8217;s equivalent
to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
{\glsxtrheadshort{ssi}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2841--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2910--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a
href="#catattr.headuc"><span
class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13059"></a> attribute.)
-</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" > If <span
+</p><!--l. 2913--><p class="indent" > If <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-13060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9;
(<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{ssi}</span></span></span> in the above example).
-</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands
-</p><!--l. 2849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2917--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands
+</p><!--l. 2918--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrp{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2851--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2920--><p class="noindent" >
for first letter upper case and
-</p><!--l. 2853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrp{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" >
for all upper case.
-</p><!--l. 2858--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2927--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-13063"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a
@@ -5437,62 +5777,62 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-13066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used
by those case-changing commands. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue&#x00A0;<a
+</p><!--l. 2933--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2935--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue&#x00A0;<a
href="#itm:nestedfirstucprob">1<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedfirstucprob --></a> by inserting an empty group at the
start if the long form starts with a command that breaks the first letter uppercasing
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>, but you still won&#8217;t be able to use the all caps commands, such
as <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="indent" > If you <span
+</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="indent" > If you <span
class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrp{short}{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2876--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
-</p><!--l. 2879--><p class="indent" > Example document:
+\glsxtrp{short}{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2945--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
+</p><!--l. 2948--><p class="indent" > Example document:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
\documentclass{report}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{slantsc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side&#x00A0;includes}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsps{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;{}\glsps{html}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\pagestyle{headings}
-&#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{headuc}{true}
-&#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{glossdesc}{title}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\tableofcontents
-&#x00A0;<br />\chapter{\glsfmtfull{shtml}}
-&#x00A0;<br />First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\newpage
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;page.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2917--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" ><a
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{slantsc}
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
+\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side&#x00A0;includes}
+\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsps{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;{}\glsps{html}}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{headuc}{true}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{glossdesc}{title}
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+\chapter{\glsfmtfull{shtml}}
+First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+\newpage
+Next&#x00A0;page.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2986--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.9 </span> <a
id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2922--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 2991--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and
@@ -5502,21 +5842,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-14001"></a> to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(see <a
href="#sec:abbreviations"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>4 </a><a
-href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>). The
-simplest way to update a document that uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>from <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbreviations
+</a><a
+href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>). The simplest way to update a document that uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>from
<span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is do just add
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2930--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. If you have used commands like <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2999--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. If you have used commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
id="dx1-14002"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
@@ -5550,56 +5891,57 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
<span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
id="dx1-14013"></a> etc.
-</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="indent" > For example, the following document using just <span
+</p><!--l. 3010--><p class="indent" > For example, the following document using just <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[acronym,nopostdot,toc]{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{html}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2952--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span
+\usepackage[acronym,nopostdot,toc]{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries
+\setacronymstyle{long-short}
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{html}
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3021--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{html}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2964--><p class="nopar" > Table&#x00A0;<a
+\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{html}
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3033--><p class="nopar" > Table&#x00A0;<a
href="#tab:acrabbrvstyles">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:acrabbrvstyles --></a> lists the nearest equivalent <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviation styles for the
predefined acronym styles provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but note that the new styles use
different formatting commands. See <a
href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>4.4 </a><a
-href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles">Predefined Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:predefabbrvstyles --></a> for further
-details.
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:predefabbrvstyles </a><a
+href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles">Predefined
+Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:predefabbrvstyles --></a> for further details.
</p>
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 2971--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 3040--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:acrabbrvstyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -5618,39 +5960,39 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">new-style-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-140141 -->
<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+
><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col
id="TBL-2-1" /><col
id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2978--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2979--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td10"><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">New Style Name</span> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2980--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
id="dx1-14015"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2980--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14016"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2981--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a
id="dx1-14017"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2981--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a
id="dx1-14018"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
id="dx1-14019"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-14020"></a> <br
@@ -5667,64 +6009,64 @@ class="cmtt-10">#1</span><span
class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a
id="dx1-14021"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-14022"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a
id="dx1-14023"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-14024"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a
id="dx1-14025"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-14026"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14027"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14028"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14029"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14030"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14031"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14032"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2990--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14033"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2990--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14034"></a> <br
@@ -5741,100 +6083,100 @@ class="cmtt-10">#1</span><span
class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14035"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14036"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14037"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14038"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14039"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14040"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
id="dx1-14041"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
id="dx1-14042"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2996--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14043"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2996--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14044"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
id="dx1-14045"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-14046"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a
id="dx1-14047"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-14048"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a
id="dx1-14049"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-14050"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14051"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14052"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14053"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14054"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14055"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14056"></a> </p></td></tr></table></div>
@@ -5843,7 +6185,7 @@ class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 3006--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
+<!--l. 3075--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is because the original acronym commands provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are
@@ -5852,13 +6194,13 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>.
However, if you really want to restore the generic acronym function provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 3013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-14057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3015--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3084--><p class="noindent" >
(before any use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
-</p><!--l. 3018--><p class="indent" > <span
+</p><!--l. 3087--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span>should not be used in combination with the newer
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviations. Don&#8217;t combine old and new style entries with the same
@@ -5868,7 +6210,7 @@ class="cmss-10">type</span><a
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>acronym mechanism doesn&#8217;t work well with the newer
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>commands.
-</p><!--l. 3024--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>, don&#8217;t use any of the commands provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>intended for abbreviations (such as <span
@@ -5880,41 +6222,42 @@ with entries defined via <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-14061"></a> as it will cause unexpected results.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 3030--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3032--><p class="indent" > In general, there&#8217;s rarely any need for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a
-document that uses <span
+</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3101--><p class="indent" > In general, there&#8217;s rarely any need for <span
+class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a document
+that uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-14062"></a>, then it&#8217;s best to either stick with just
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for that document or define an equivalent abbreviation style with
-<span
+ id="dx1-14062"></a>, then it&#8217;s best to either stick with just <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for that
+document or define an equivalent abbreviation style with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-14063"></a>. (See <a
+ id="dx1-14063"></a>.
+(See <a
href="#sec:newabbrvstyle"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>4.5 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:newabbrvstyle </a><a
href="#sec:newabbrvstyle">Defining New Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newabbrvstyle --></a> for further
details.)
-</p><!--l. 3039--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-14064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3110--><p class="noindent" >
The space command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
id="dx1-14065"></a> acronym style provided
by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>is modified so that it uses
-</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-14066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3116--><p class="noindent" >
instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be
changed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3051--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span
+</p><!--l. 3120--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span><a
id="dx1-14067"></a> (such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
@@ -5926,40 +6269,40 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>with
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3056--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3058--><p class="indent" > The <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3125--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3127--><p class="indent" > The <a
id="dx1-14069"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 3059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 3128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" >
is redefined to use the <a
id="dx1-14070"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a
id="dx1-14071"></a>.
This will be reset if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3066--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 3067--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 3135--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command
+</p><!--l. 3136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3138--><p class="noindent" >
is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a
id="dx1-14072"></a>.
This will be reset if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
</p>
-<!--l. 3074--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3143--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10 </span> <a
id="glossaries"></a>Glossaries</h3>
-<!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 3145--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
id="dx1-15001"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -5969,24 +6312,25 @@ version that doesn&#8217;t automatically switch off the hyperlinks. This starred
be used with the <a
href="#catattr.targeturl"><span
class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a
- id="dx1-15002"></a> attribute to create a link to an external URL. (See <a
+ id="dx1-15002"></a> attribute to create a link to an external URL. (See
+<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>6
-</a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) As from v1.12 both the starred and unstarred version
-check that the glossary doesn&#8217;t already exist. (The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package omits this
-check.)
-</p><!--l. 3085--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with:
-</p><!--l. 3086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) As from v1.12 both the starred and
+unstarred version check that the glossary doesn&#8217;t already exist. (The <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+package omits this check.)
+</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with:
+</p><!--l. 3155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-15003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" >
which will only define the glossary if it doesn&#8217;t already exist. This also has a starred
version that doesn&#8217;t automatically switch off hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span
+</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
id="dx1-15004"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
@@ -5995,7 +6339,8 @@ and <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have extra keys:
</p>
<ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 3167--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">target</span><a
id="dx1-15006"></a>. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic
hypertarget for each entry. Unlike <span
@@ -6006,8 +6351,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span>this doesn&#8217;t switch
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 3174--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span><a
id="dx1-15007"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">={</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -6017,8 +6363,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Another way of avoiding duplicate target names
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span>
this doesn&#8217;t affect any hyperlinks (such as those created with <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 3179--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-15008"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">={</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -6032,8 +6379,9 @@ class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-15010"></a>
key in commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ </p></li>
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 3185--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">label</span><a
id="dx1-15011"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">={</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -6046,15 +6394,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>and also defines
class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>to the glossary&#8217;s TOC title (to provide text for
<span
class="cmtt-10">\nameref</span>). You can also set the label before the glossary using:
- <!--l. 3121--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-15012"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 3190--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-15012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetglossarylabel{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3192--><p class="noindent" >
but take care of duplicate labels if it&#8217;s not scoped.
</p></li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 3196--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">groups</span><a
id="dx1-15013"></a>. This is a boolean key (new to v1.44) designed for use with
<span
@@ -6064,7 +6413,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">&#x2026; </span>variations). It has no effect
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>.
- <!--l. 3132--><p class="noindent" >If true (default), group formation (group header and group skip) will be
+ </p><!--l. 3201--><p class="noindent" >If true (default), group formation (group header and group skip) will be
attempted if the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
id="dx1-15014"></a> key has been defined and set. Note that some styles
@@ -6074,7 +6423,8 @@ class="cmss-10">group</span><a
there will be no visual separation regardless of style or the group skip
setting.
</p></li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
+ <li class="itemize">
+ <!--l. 3210--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">leveloffset</span><a
id="dx1-15015"></a>. This key (new to v1.44) is designed for use with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>
@@ -6084,7 +6434,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">&#x2026; </span>variations). It has no effect with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>.
- <!--l. 3146--><p class="noindent" >The value may either be a simple integer &#x27E8;<span
+ </p><!--l. 3215--><p class="noindent" >The value may either be a simple integer &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; to indicate assignment or in the
form <span
class="cmtt-10">++</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -6094,22 +6444,26 @@ class="cmitt-10">n</span>&#x27E9; to indicate an increment. This will locally as
class="cmmi-10">N </span>more than it would normally be (where <span
class="cmmi-10">N </span>is
the level offset). For example, a top-level entry (that is, an entry without a
+
+
+
parent) would normally have a hierarchical level of&#x00A0;0. With a level offset of&#x00A0;1,
it would be treated by the glossary style as though it was actually a
level&#x00A0;1 entry. (Remember that some styles don&#8217;t support hierarchical
glossaries.)
- </p><!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group formation (if supported) will still occur between entries
+ </p><!--l. 3226--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group formation (if supported) will still occur between entries
that don&#8217;t have a parent, regardless of the level offset. This can cause odd
- results.</p></li></ul>
-
-
-
-<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" >
+ results but can be switched off with <span
+class="cmss-10">groups</span><a
+ id="dx1-15016"></a>. See <a
+href="https://dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-inner" >Gallery: Inner or Nested
+ Glossaries</a> for an example.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10.1 </span> <a
id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h4>
-<!--l. 3165--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 3236--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
id="dx1-16001"></a> package (more conveniently loaded through the
<span
@@ -6121,10 +6475,11 @@ provided with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. These modifications are described in more detail
in <a
href="#x1-190002.10.1"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2.10.1 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:stylemods </a><a
href="#x1-190002.10.1">The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3172--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3243--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-16003"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first
checking if <span
@@ -6145,37 +6500,37 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@grouptitle@</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;
which shouldn&#8217;t clash with another package. You can set the group title
using
-</p><!--l. 3184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-16006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3186--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3257--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A&#x00A0;(a)}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3190--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3261--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can
use
-</p><!--l. 3193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3264--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-16007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3197--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3266--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3268--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a
id="x1-170002.10.1"></a>Style Hooks</h5>
-<!--l. 3200--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span
+<!--l. 3271--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-17001"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
@@ -6191,14 +6546,15 @@ class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a
id="dx1-17005"></a> and <a
href="#catattr.glossdescfont"><span
class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a
- id="dx1-17006"></a> attributes
-(see <a
+ id="dx1-17006"></a> attributes (see
+<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>6 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This means you can make simple font or case-changing
modifications to the name and description without defining a new glossary
style.
-</p><!--l. 3207--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.42.) The command <span
+</p><!--l. 3278--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.42.) The command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a
id="dx1-17007"></a> is modified to take into
account the <a
@@ -6229,12 +6585,12 @@ class="cmti-10">TeX</span><span
class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;code</span>&#x27E9; part is robust and deals with the actual typesetting of the symbol.
The &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">PDF</span>&#x27E9; part is simply:
-<!--l. 3220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 3291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3222--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3293--><p class="noindent" >
which is defined to just do <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -6245,7 +6601,7 @@ class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol </span>to use a more appropriate field. (If you do redefine this
command, remember that it needs to fully expand.)
-</p><!--l. 3229--><p class="indent" > For example, if you are using <span
+</p><!--l. 3300--><p class="indent" > For example, if you are using <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-17014"></a>, you could use the <span
class="cmss-10">symbolaccess</span><a
@@ -6255,10 +6611,10 @@ field:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
\renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentrysymbolaccess{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3233--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, if you are using <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3304--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, if you are using <a
id="dx1-17016"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you can use the TeX&#x00A0;parser library to
@@ -6270,11 +6626,11 @@ options:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;replicate-fields={symbol=user1},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;interpret-fields={user1}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3240--><p class="nopar" > This stores the interpreted value of the symbol in the <span
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;interpret-fields={user1}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3311--><p class="nopar" > This stores the interpreted value of the symbol in the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
id="dx1-17018"></a> field, so you can then
do:
@@ -6282,24 +6638,24 @@ do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
\renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentryuseri{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3245--><p class="nopar" > (You may need <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;with this method.) This allows
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3316--><p class="nopar" > (You may need <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;with this method.) This allows
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>to be used in a section heading with standalone definitions.
-</p><!--l. 3250--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span
+</p><!--l. 3321--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-17019"></a>, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 3252--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3254--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3325--><p class="noindent" >
This behaves just like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>(that is, it obeys <a
href="#catattr.glossname"><span
@@ -6320,24 +6676,24 @@ than <span
class="cmtt-10">description</span>). See the key to field mappings table in the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user
manual.
-</p><!--l. 3263--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span
+</p><!--l. 3334--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-17024"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-17025"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 3265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3336--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3267--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3338--><p class="noindent" >
By default this checks the <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a
id="dx1-17027"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the
category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed
using
-</p><!--l. 3272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 3343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a
id="dx1-17028"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -6346,12 +6702,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span
class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3344--><p class="noindent" >
See <a
href="#sec:autoindex"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>8 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:autoindex </a><a
href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 3277--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span
+</p><!--l. 3348--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -6366,19 +6723,19 @@ category:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;(\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3288--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+&#x00A0;(\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3359--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
+</p><!--l. 3361--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3292--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3363--><p class="noindent" >
This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -6392,23 +6749,23 @@ class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that it doesn&#8217;t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 3299--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does
-</p><!--l. 3300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 3370--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does
+</p><!--l. 3371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsextrapostnamehook{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3302--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3373--><p class="noindent" >
(before <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;) to allow for additional non-category related code.
This does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 3307--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
+</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
does
-</p><!--l. 3309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3311--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3382--><p class="noindent" >
This occurs before the original <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
@@ -6416,7 +6773,7 @@ class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
id="dx1-17033"></a>
option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop.
-</p><!--l. 3316--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span
+</p><!--l. 3387--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9; if it exists, where
&#x27E8;<span
@@ -6430,14 +6787,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescacronym </span>for entries with the category set
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-17035"></a>. For
convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3325--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3396--><p class="noindent" >
This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -6451,19 +6808,19 @@ class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that it doesn&#8217;t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 3332--><p class="indent" > Since both <span
+<!--l. 3403--><p class="indent" > Since both <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set
-</p><!--l. 3333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3406--><p class="noindent" >
to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these
post-description hooks if you need to reference the label.
-</p><!--l. 3340--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
+</p><!--l. 3411--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
id="dx1-17038"></a> category, then you could
@@ -6472,14 +6829,14 @@ do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;(plural:&#x00A0;\glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3346--><p class="nopar" > This means you don&#8217;t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
+&#x00A0;(plural:&#x00A0;\glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3417--><p class="nopar" > This means you don&#8217;t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the
underlying glossary style.)
-</p><!--l. 3351--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can&#8217;t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span
+</p><!--l. 3422--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can&#8217;t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if
you redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span
@@ -6491,27 +6848,28 @@ href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a
id="dx1-17039"></a> option to suppress the terminating full stop.) See <a
href="#x1-190002.10.1"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2.10.1 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:stylemods </a><a
href="#x1-190002.10.1">The
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a> to patch the predefined styles provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
that are missing <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3360--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3362--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3431--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3433--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a
id="x1-180002.10.1"></a>Number List</h5>
-<!--l. 3365--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+<!--l. 3436--><p class="noindent" >The <a
id="dx1-18001"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of
-</p><!--l. 3366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3437--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3439--><p class="noindent" >
This is internally used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
@@ -6522,34 +6880,34 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>so that it doesn&#8217;t display th
id="dx1-18004"></a>number list, but it
still saves the <a
id="dx1-18005"></a>number list in case it&#8217;s required.
-</p><!--l. 3374--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a
+</p><!--l. 3445--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a
id="dx1-18006"></a>number list always use the <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
id="dx1-18007"></a> option
instead of redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="indent" > For example, to change the font for the entire <a
+</p><!--l. 3449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3451--><p class="indent" > For example, to change the font for the entire <a
id="dx1-18008"></a>number list redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don&#8217;t modify <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3384--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert &#8220;page&#8221; or &#8220;pages&#8221; in front of the <a
+</p><!--l. 3455--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert &#8220;page&#8221; or &#8220;pages&#8221; in front of the <a
id="dx1-18009"></a>number list. This
is quite fiddly to do with the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a
way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display
using:
-</p><!--l. 3389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">page</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">pages</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3391--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3462--><p class="noindent" >
where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">page</span>&#x27E9; is the text to display if the <a
id="dx1-18011"></a>number list only contains a single location and
@@ -6559,28 +6917,28 @@ class="cmti-10">pages</span>&#x27E9; is the text to display otherwise. For examp
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page:&#x00A0;}{Pages:&#x00A0;}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3397--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
-</p><!--l. 3400--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3468--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
+</p><!--l. 3471--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span
class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span
class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page
number (and only index the entry once). </div>
-</p><!--l. 3403--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3405--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span
+</p><!--l. 3474--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3476--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3407--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
+</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
id="dx1-18012"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty
location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3411--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 3482--><p class="indent" > <a
id="dx1-18013"></a><a
href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use
-</p><!--l. 3413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -6591,7 +6949,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3415--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3486--><p class="noindent" >
This command is provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check
@@ -6600,42 +6958,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class
class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to
obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting
command.
-</p><!--l. 3422--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren&#8217;t present, this just uses
-</p><!--l. 3423--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3493--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren&#8217;t present, this just uses
+</p><!--l. 3494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3425--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3496--><p class="noindent" >
otherwise it uses
-</p><!--l. 3427--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3500--><p class="noindent" >
for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;)
or
-</p><!--l. 3432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3505--><p class="noindent" >
for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 3438--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in
-</p><!--l. 3439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3509--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in
+</p><!--l. 3510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3441--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3512--><p class="noindent" >
and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -6646,16 +7004,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
(If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span
class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 3449--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
+</p><!--l. 3520--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
does
-</p><!--l. 3451--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3453--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3524--><p class="noindent" >
(which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -6669,34 +7027,34 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
and then sets <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty.
-</p><!--l. 3460--><p class="indent" > This means that the list
+</p><!--l. 3531--><p class="indent" > This means that the list
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{(textbf}{1},
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}.
-</div>
-<!--l. 3465--><p class="nopar" > doesn&#8217;t display any differently from
+\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
+\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3536--><p class="nopar" > doesn&#8217;t display any differently from
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112">
\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}.
-</div>
-<!--l. 3471--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
+\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
+\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3542--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
accommodate the ranges.
-</p><!--l. 3475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3546--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a
id="x1-190002.10.1"></a>The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h5>
-<!--l. 3478--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span
+<!--l. 3549--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
id="dx1-19001"></a> that
@@ -6708,12 +7066,12 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113">
\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3487--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span
+\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3558--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span
class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing &#x27E8;<span
@@ -6725,11 +7083,11 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3495--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a
+\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3566--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-19003"></a> key when you load <span
@@ -6743,10 +7101,10 @@ class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
\usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3502--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3573--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-19005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package
@@ -6755,19 +7113,19 @@ identifiers. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
\usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3507--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3578--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
\usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3511--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3513--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3582--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3584--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">inline</span><a
id="dx1-19006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition
provided by the <span
@@ -6792,7 +7150,7 @@ href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a
id="dx1-19009"></a> option, but the post-description
category hook can still be used.
-</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3598--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-19010"></a><a
id="dx1-19011"></a>-like styles, such as <span
@@ -6819,48 +7177,48 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, you must also
reset the glossary style.
-</p><!--l. 3538--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span
+</p><!--l. 3609--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span
class="cmtt-10">\space </span>before the <a
id="dx1-19016"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in many of
the predefined styles is replaced with
-</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3543--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3614--><p class="noindent" >
This just defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\space </span>but may be redefined as required. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\dotfill}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3548--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3619--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3621--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
id="dx1-19018"></a> styles use
-</p><!--l. 3551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3553--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and
-</p><!--l. 3555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3557--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3628--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation</span>) for child items.
-</p><!--l. 3560--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed
+</p><!--l. 3631--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed
by:
-</p><!--l. 3562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3564--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3635--><p class="noindent" >
for the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
id="dx1-19022"></a> and <span
@@ -6868,7 +7226,7 @@ class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
id="dx1-19023"></a> styles (but not the <span
class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
id="dx1-19024"></a> variations).
-</p><!--l. 3568--><p class="indent" > For just the <span
+</p><!--l. 3639--><p class="indent" > For just the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
id="dx1-19025"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span
class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
@@ -6878,33 +7236,33 @@ class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
variations) the <a
id="dx1-19028"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> for child entries is followed by
-</p><!--l. 3571--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3642--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildpostlocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3573--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3644--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to a full stop.
-</p><!--l. 3576--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span
+</p><!--l. 3647--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a
id="dx1-19030"></a> is changed so that it&#8217;s set at the start
of the document (if it hasn&#8217;t been changed in the preamble). This should
take into account situations where <span
class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn&#8217;t set until the start of the
document.
-</p><!--l. 3581--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups (if not <a
+</p><!--l. 3652--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups (if not <a
href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
id="dx1-19031"></a>) is now given by:
-</p><!--l. 3583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3654--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3585--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\indexspace </span>with penalties to deter page breaks. This command
isn&#8217;t used if <a
href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
id="dx1-19033"></a> is set.
-</p><!--l. 3590--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
id="dx1-19034"></a> package introduced new commands in v4.22, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span><a
@@ -6927,7 +7285,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>has been defined, as from v1.31 <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
id="dx1-19038"></a>
defines:
-</p><!--l. 3603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -6935,7 +7293,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3605--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3676--><p class="noindent" >
which simply does <span
class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -6946,17 +7304,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt </span>all in terms of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3611--><p class="indent" > This means that if you want to change all three to use a particular style you only
+</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" > This means that if you want to change all three to use a particular style you only
need to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>, but if you only want to redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>without affecting the other two commands, then you now
can.
-</p><!--l. 3617--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups without headers is given by:
-</p><!--l. 3618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups without headers is given by:
+</p><!--l. 3689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3620--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a
id="dx1-19041"></a> without penalties. This command isn&#8217;t
@@ -6967,24 +7325,24 @@ class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeheadergroupskip </span>in v1.42 as they are inappropriate when there&#8217;s no
header.)
-</p><!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups with headers is now given by (as from
+</p><!--l. 3697--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups with headers is now given by (as from
v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 3627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3629--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3700--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span>with penalties to deter page breaks after the
group heading.
-</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" > The styles that display the group titles now use:
-</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3704--><p class="indent" > The styles that display the group titles now use:
+</p><!--l. 3705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-19044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreePreHeader{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3636--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3707--><p class="noindent" >
where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the group label and &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9; is the group title. This does nothing by
@@ -6996,345 +7354,378 @@ then:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
\renewcommand{\glstreePreHeader}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\pdfbookmark[1]{#2}{\currentglossary.#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3646--><p class="nopar" > will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of <span
+&#x00A0;\pdfbookmark[1]{#2}{\currentglossary.#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3717--><p class="nopar" > will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span>helps to provide
unique bookmark labels in the event of multiple glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 3651--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3722--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
+ id="dx1-19045"></a> package provides the commands
+</p><!--l. 3723--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19046"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstreepredesc </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3725--><p class="noindent" >
+and
+</p><!--l. 3727--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19047"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildpredesc </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3729--><p class="noindent" >
+(which both default to a space) and uses them in the <span
+class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
+ id="dx1-19048"></a>-like styles, but not for the
+<span
+class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
+ id="dx1-19049"></a> style. The <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
+ id="dx1-19050"></a> package modifies the <span
+class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
+ id="dx1-19051"></a> style so that it
+has equivalent hooks:
+</p><!--l. 3734--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19052"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsalttreepredesc </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3736--><p class="noindent" >
+and
+</p><!--l. 3738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19053"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsalttreechildpredesc </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3740--><p class="noindent" >
+These do nothing by default.
+</p><!--l. 3743--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-19045"></a>-like and <span
+ id="dx1-19054"></a>-like and <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19046"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a
- id="dx1-19047"></a><a
+ id="dx1-19055"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a
+ id="dx1-19056"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> space with
-</p><!--l. 3653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19048"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3655--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3747--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and
-</p><!--l. 3657--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19049"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3659--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>) for child items.
-</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span
+</p><!--l. 3754--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package also provides:
-</p><!--l. 3664--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19050"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3756--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19059"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamedesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3666--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3758--><p class="noindent" >
which is used by the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-19051"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the
+ id="dx1-19060"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the
description and the post-description hook. Similarly for the symbol:
-</p><!--l. 3670--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19052"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamesymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3672--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" >
The above are just used for top-level entries. Child entries don&#8217;t have the name or
symbol displayed for the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-19053"></a> styles, so there&#8217;s only a command for the child
+ id="dx1-19062"></a> styles, so there&#8217;s only a command for the child
description:
-</p><!--l. 3676--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19054"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamechilddesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3678--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3680--><p class="indent" > For the <span
+</p><!--l. 3770--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3772--><p class="indent" > For the <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19055"></a> styles (but not the <span
+ id="dx1-19064"></a> styles (but not the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-19056"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-19065"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19057"></a> styles), the description is
+ id="dx1-19066"></a> styles), the description is
displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19058"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3684--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3776--><p class="noindent" >
and the symbol with:
-</p><!--l. 3686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19059"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19068"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" >
Again the above two commands are just for top-level entries. The child entries
use:
-</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19060"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19069"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3693--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" >
for the description and
-</p><!--l. 3695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19061"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildsymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3697--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" >
for the symbol. As from version 1.41, there are now wrapper commands
for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc </span>that check for the description
-
-
-
and symbol to determine what separator to use before the page list. These
are:
-</p><!--l. 3703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19062"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3795--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19071"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeDescLoc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3705--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3797--><p class="noindent" >
for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19063"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3799--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19072"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeChildDescLoc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3709--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3801--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 3712--><p class="indent" > If either the symbol or description is present these will use <span
+</p><!--l. 3804--><p class="indent" > If either the symbol or description is present these will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>
or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation</span>, respectively. Otherwise, both will use (from
v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 3715--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19064"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3717--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3809--><p class="noindent" >
The default is a space. This means that you could have, say, a comma followed by a
space for terms that are simply an alias, but just have a space for terms that have a
description that ends with a full stop (or that just have a symbol without a
description) where the comma would be inappropriate.
-</p><!--l. 3724--><p class="indent" > Note that version 1.42 has corrected an error that was introduced to v1.41 that
+</p><!--l. 3816--><p class="indent" > Note that version 1.42 has corrected an error that was introduced to v1.41 that
caused the name to run into the location list if there was no symbol and no
description.
-</p><!--l. 3728--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span
+</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some
additional commands for use with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19065"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These
+ id="dx1-19074"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These
commands are only defined if the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19066"></a> package has already been loaded,
+ id="dx1-19075"></a> package has already been loaded,
which is typically the case unless the <a
href="#styopt.notree"><span
class="cmss-10">notree</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19067"></a> option has been used when loading
+ id="dx1-19076"></a> option has been used when loading
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19068"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gglssetwidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3738--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3830--><p class="noindent" >
(New to version 1.21.) This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19069"></a>) but
+ id="dx1-19078"></a>) but
performs a global assignment.
-</p><!--l. 3743--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19070"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19079"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3745--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3837--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>but performs a protected expansion on &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;. This has a
localised effect. For a global setting, use
-</p><!--l. 3749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19071"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19080"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3843--><p class="noindent" >
The following only set the value if &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is wider than the current value (new to
version 1.23). Local update:
-</p><!--l. 3754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19072"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19081"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3756--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" >
Global update:
-</p><!--l. 3758--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19073"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gglsupdatewidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3760--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3852--><p class="noindent" >
Locale update (expands &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;):
-</p><!--l. 3762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19074"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3854--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19083"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="noindent" >
Global update (expands &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;):
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3766--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19075"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19084"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\xglsupdatewidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3768--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3771--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
-</p><!--l. 3772--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19076"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
+</p><!--l. 3864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19085"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3774--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3866--><p class="noindent" >
for the top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3776--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19077"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19086"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3870--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries, where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9; is the level number.
-</p><!--l. 3781--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a
- id="dx1-19078"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 3873--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a
+ id="dx1-19087"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can use the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">set-widest</span>
which will try to determine the widest name of all the selected entries. This isn&#8217;t
guaranteed to work as it may depend on fonts or commands that <a
- id="dx1-19079"></a><span
+ id="dx1-19088"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>
can&#8217;t replicate, but it should be suitable for names that just consist of text,
and can be more efficient than iterating over all the defined entries using
TeX.
-</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="indent" > The command <span
+</p><!--l. 3881--><p class="indent" > The command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19080"></a> has a
+ id="dx1-19089"></a> has a
CamelCase synonym:
-</p><!--l. 3791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19081"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19090"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3793--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3885--><p class="noindent" >
Similar commands are also provided:
-</p><!--l. 3795--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19082"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3887--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19091"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3797--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3889--><p class="noindent" >
This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only
useful if the glossaries that use the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19083"></a> style occur at the end of the document.
+ id="dx1-19092"></a> style occur at the end of the document.
This command should be placed just before the start of the glossary. (Alternatively,
place it at the end of the document and save the value in the auxiliary file for the
next run.)
-</p><!--l. 3805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19084"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19093"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3807--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but if doesn&#8217;t check the <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-19085"></a> key. This is useful if
+ id="dx1-19094"></a> key. This is useful if
all levels should have the same width for the name.
-</p><!--l. 3812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19086"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19095"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3906--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn&#8217;t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19087"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19096"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3912--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels
as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored.
-</p><!--l. 3825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19088"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19097"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3827--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3919--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn&#8217;t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19089"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19098"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3834--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3926--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length
of the widest symbol is stored in &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">register</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 3839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19090"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19099"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3841--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3933--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but it doesn&#8217;t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19091"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19100"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -7344,22 +7735,22 @@ class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location register</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3940--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a
- id="dx1-19092"></a><a
+ id="dx1-19101"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
This requires <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-19093"></a> (see the <span
+ id="dx1-19102"></a> (see the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual). The length of
the widest symbol is stored in &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">symbol register</span>&#x27E9; and the length of the widest <a
- id="dx1-19094"></a>number
+ id="dx1-19103"></a>number
list is stored in &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">location register</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19095"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19104"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -7369,73 +7760,73 @@ class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location register</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3951--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but it doesn&#8217;t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19096"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3955--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19105"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3866--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3958--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn&#8217;t measure the
symbol. The length of the widest <a
- id="dx1-19097"></a>number list is stored in &#x27E8;<span
+ id="dx1-19106"></a>number list is stored in &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">register</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 3871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19098"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19107"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3874--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3966--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn&#8217;t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3878--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a
- id="dx1-19099"></a>number list is governed by
-</p><!--l. 3880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19100"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3970--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a
+ id="dx1-19108"></a>number list is governed by
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3972--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19109"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3882--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3974--><p class="noindent" >
for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19101"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19110"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3886--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3978--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 3889--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span
+</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19102"></a>
+ id="dx1-19111"></a>
style:
-</p><!--l. 3891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19103"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3983--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19112"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3893--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3895--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
+</p><!--l. 3985--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3987--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
is provided by the length
-</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19104"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-19113"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3901--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span
+</p><!--l. 3991--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3993--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19105"></a> style,
+ id="dx1-19114"></a> style,
see the documented code (<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>). See also the
accompanying sample files <span
@@ -7447,11 +7838,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">sample-alttree-marginpar.tex</span>.
</p>
-<!--l. 3908--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4000--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 4000--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a
id="newglossarystyles"></a>New Glossary Styles</h2>
-</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with some new styles. The associated style
package needs to be loaded. This can be done with <span
class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>but it&#8217;s simpler to
@@ -7460,11 +7851,11 @@ href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-20001"></a> option.
</p>
-<!--l. 3915--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a
id="x1-210003.1"></a><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 3918--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span
+<!--l. 4010--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has a new supplementary package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-21001"></a>
@@ -7480,12 +7871,12 @@ style:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-bookindex}
-&#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{bookindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3928--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a
+\usepackage{glossary-bookindex}
+\setglossarystyle{bookindex}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4020--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-21004"></a> and <span
@@ -7495,10 +7886,10 @@ class="cmss-10">style</span><a
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
\usepackage[stylemods=bookindex,style=bookindex]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3932--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4024--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-21006"></a> style only supports a maximum hierarchical level of 2 (top-level,
level&#x00A0;1 and level&#x00A0;2). It&#8217;s primarily designed for use with <a
@@ -7516,20 +7907,20 @@ href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
id="dx1-21009"></a> package
option.)
-</p><!--l. 3943--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by
-</p><!--l. 3944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4035--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by
+</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcols </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to 2.
-</p><!--l. 3949--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span
+</p><!--l. 4041--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span
class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
id="dx1-21011"></a><a
id="dx1-21012"></a> environment. If the command
-</p><!--l. 3951--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3953--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4045--><p class="noindent" >
isn&#8217;t empty then it&#8217;s supplied as the optional argument following <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\begin{multicols}</span></span></span>
<span
@@ -7542,26 +7933,26 @@ class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
class="cmss-10">multicols*</span><a
id="dx1-21016"></a><a
id="dx1-21017"></a> by redefining
-</p><!--l. 3957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3959--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4051--><p class="noindent" >
For example
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv}{multicols*}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3963--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3965--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using
-</p><!--l. 3966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4055--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4057--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using
+</p><!--l. 4058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3968--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4060--><p class="noindent" >
where the entry is identified by &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -7572,47 +7963,47 @@ default. For example, if you want the symbol to be included:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshassymbol{#1}{\space&#x00A0;(\glossentrysymbol{#1})}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3977--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set):
+&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
+&#x00A0;\ifglshassymbol{#1}{\space&#x00A0;(\glossentrysymbol{#1})}{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4069--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set):
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshasdesc{#1}{\space&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3984--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook).
-</p><!--l. 3987--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
+&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
+&#x00A0;\ifglshasdesc{#1}{\space&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription}{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4076--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook).
+</p><!--l. 4079--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9; hook to append
information after the name according to the entry&#8217;s category.
-</p><!--l. 3991--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using
-</p><!--l. 3992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4083--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using
+</p><!--l. 4084--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3994--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4086--><p class="noindent" >
which just defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3997--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given
+</p><!--l. 4089--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given
by
-</p><!--l. 3999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4001--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4093--><p class="noindent" >
where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry&#8217;s label. This checks if the <span
class="cmtt-10">location </span>field has been set. If it
@@ -7621,10 +8012,10 @@ has, it does
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
,\glsxtrprelocation
-</div>
-<!--l. 4007--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4099--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span>(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>). If you&#8217;re not
using <a
@@ -7633,88 +8024,88 @@ href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, the <span
class="cmss-10">location</span><a
id="dx1-21023"></a> field won&#8217;t be set.
-</p><!--l. 4012--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4014--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4104--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4106--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4016--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4108--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4019--><p class="indent" > The actual location list is encapsulated with:
-</p><!--l. 4020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4111--><p class="indent" > The actual location list is encapsulated with:
+</p><!--l. 4112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4114--><p class="noindent" >
for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 4024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsublocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4026--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4118--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries. These both just do &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">location list</span>&#x27E9; by default.
-</p><!--l. 4029--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given
+</p><!--l. 4121--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given
by
-</p><!--l. 4031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4033--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4125--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopagebreak</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given
+</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given
by
-</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4040--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbetween{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label1</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label2</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4138--><p class="noindent" >
This comes after the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label1</span>&#x27E9;, if the entry has no children, or after the
last descendent otherwise, so it always comes immediately before the entry given by
&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label2</span>&#x27E9; unless the entry occurs at the start of a group. This does nothing by
default.
-</p><!--l. 4053--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level&#x00A0;1 entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4054--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4145--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level&#x00A0;1 entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label1</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label2</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4056--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4058--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level&#x00A0;2 entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4148--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4150--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level&#x00A0;2 entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label1</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label2</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4153--><p class="noindent" >
At the end of each letter group, the following hooks are done in order:
-</p><!--l. 4064--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">sub-sub-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -7722,25 +8113,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4066--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4067--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4158--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">sub-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4069--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4161--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4072--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4164--><p class="noindent" >
where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">sub-sub-label</span>&#x27E9; is the label of the last level&#x00A0;2 entry, &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">sub-label</span>&#x27E9; is the label of the
last level&#x00A0;1 entry and &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label of the last level&#x00A0;0 entry.
-</p><!--l. 4078--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span
+</p><!--l. 4170--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">seealso=omit </span>instructs <a
id="dx1-21035"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -7756,28 +8147,28 @@ appended after the child entries using:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexbetween}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubsubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glstreeitem\hspace*{40pt}\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4108--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexbetween}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{#1}%
+}%
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubsubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{#1}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glstreeitem\hspace*{40pt}\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4200--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem </span>to indent the cross-reference
according to the next level down, so the cross-reference for a top-level entry is aligned
@@ -7787,7 +8178,7 @@ indented a bit further (but it won&#8217;t be aligned with any deeper level as t
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-21036"></a>
style only supports a maximum of two sub-levels).
-</p><!--l. 4119--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4211--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-21037"></a> style uses group headings. (If you use <a
id="dx1-21038"></a><a
@@ -7796,14 +8187,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> remember to invoke
it with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch.) The heading will use
-</p><!--l. 4122--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbookmark{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">group title</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4124--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4216--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>has been defined, this will use that command to bookmark the
group title. If <a
@@ -7815,31 +8206,31 @@ uses level&#x00A0;1 otherwise it uses level&#x00A0;2. You can redefine this comm
isn&#8217;t appropriate. If <span
class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>hasn&#8217;t been defined, this command does
nothin.
-</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 4133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4224--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to
+</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexformatheader{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">group title</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4227--><p class="noindent" >
which is defined as
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexformatheader}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\par{\centering\glstreegroupheaderfmt{#1}\par}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4141--><p class="nopar" > where <span
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\par{\centering\glstreegroupheaderfmt{#1}\par}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4233--><p class="nopar" > where <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>is provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
id="dx1-21042"></a> package, which is
automatically loaded. Note that the entry names aren&#8217;t encapsulated with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4147--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4239--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-21043"></a> package provides some supplementary commands that
aren&#8217;t used by default, but may be used when adjusting the style. These commands
@@ -7847,43 +8238,43 @@ should only be used within one of the <span
class="cmtt-10">\print</span><span
class="cmtt-10">&#x2026;glossary </span>commands. (That is, they
should only be used in glossary styles.)
-</p><!--l. 4152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4154--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="noindent" >
This writes information to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file that can be read on the next run to obtain
the first and last entry on each page of the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 4159--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using:
-</p><!--l. 4161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using:
+</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4163--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="noindent" >
and the last entry associated with the current page using:
-</p><!--l. 4166--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4168--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="noindent" >
These do nothing if there are no entries marked on the current page (or if the
document build isn&#8217;t up to date).
-</p><!--l. 4172--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using:
-</p><!--l. 4173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using:
+</p><!--l. 4265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4175--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="noindent" >
for the first instance and
-</p><!--l. 4177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-21048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4271--><p class="noindent" >
for the last.
-</p><!--l. 4182--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page
+</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page
number is stable. For example, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname </span>can be redefined to mark the
current entry:
@@ -7891,13 +8282,13 @@ current entry:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4190--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{#1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4282--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname </span>as it defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>:
@@ -7905,13 +8296,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubname}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4198--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="indent" > Then if you&#8217;re using <span
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4290--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="indent" > Then if you&#8217;re using <span
class="cmss-10">fancyhdr</span><a
id="dx1-21049"></a> you can set the page style to show the first and last
entry for the current page with:
@@ -7919,21 +8310,21 @@ entry for the current page with:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\pagestyle{fancy}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\lhead{\thepage}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\lfoot{\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\cfoot{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}%
-</div>
-<!--l. 4208--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4210--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 4210--><p class="noindent" ><a
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\lhead{\thepage}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\lfoot{\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\cfoot{}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}%
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4300--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a
id="x1-220003.2"></a><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 4213--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span
+<!--l. 4305--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary
package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a
@@ -7951,139 +8342,132 @@ class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22006"></a><a
id="dx1-22007"></a> instead. In order to do this you must
use
-</p><!--l. 4220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmti-10">before the style is set</span>. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue
-&#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{long-name-desc}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4227--><p class="nopar" > or
+\setglossarystyle{long-name-desc}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4319--><p class="nopar" > or
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossary[style={long-name-desc}]
-</div>
-<!--l. 4232--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with:
-</p><!--l. 4235--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+\printunsrtglossary[style={long-name-desc}]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4324--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with:
+</p><!--l. 4327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraTabularVAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4237--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4329--><p class="noindent" >
The default definition is <span
class="cmtt-10">c</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4240--><p class="indent" > The column titles are formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4332--><p class="indent" > The column titles are formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4243--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" >
which simply does <span
class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="indent" > The name column has the title given by <span
+</p><!--l. 4338--><p class="indent" > The name column has the title given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a
id="dx1-22011"></a> and the column alignment is
given by:
-</p><!--l. 4248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4340--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4250--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="noindent" >
which expands to <span
class="cmtt-10">l </span>(left) by default.
-</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="indent" > The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
+</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="indent" > The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a
id="dx1-22013"></a> and
the column alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4257--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4349--><p class="noindent" >
which expands to <span
class="cmtt-10">c </span>(centred) by default.
-</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="indent" > The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
+</p><!--l. 4352--><p class="indent" > The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a
id="dx1-22015"></a>
and the column alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 4262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="noindent" >
which expands to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
&#x003E;{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4268--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4360--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a
id="dx1-22017"></a> is defined in <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
id="dx1-22018"></a>,
which is automatically loaded.)
-</p><!--l. 4272--><p class="indent" > The description column has the title given by <span
+</p><!--l. 4364--><p class="indent" > The description column has the title given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a
id="dx1-22019"></a> and the column
alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4368--><p class="noindent" >
which expands to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
&#x003E;{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4280--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4372--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
id="dx1-22021"></a> is defined in <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
id="dx1-22022"></a>,
which is automatically loaded.)
-</p><!--l. 4284--><p class="indent" > Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span
+</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" > Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, these new styles try
to determine the value of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>at the start of the glossary according to the
number of columns provided by the style. The calculations are performed by the
following commands:
-</p><!--l. 4289--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4291--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4383--><p class="noindent" >
This is used by the styles that have a name and description column. The value of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is computed as:
</p>
- <table
-class="equation-star"><tr><td>
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span> = <span
-class="cmtt-10">\linewidth</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">- </span>4<span
-class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">- </span><span
-class="cmmi-10">W</span>
-</td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 4296--><p class="nopar" >
-where <span
-class="cmmi-10">W </span>is a guess at the width of the name column. This is first set to the width of
-the name column header: </p><div class="alltt">
+ <div class="math-display" >
+<img
+src="glossaries-extra-manual0x.png" alt="\glsdescwidth = \linewidth- 4\tabcolsep- W
+" class="math-display" /></div>
+<!--l. 4389--><p class="indent" > where <span
+class="cmmi-10">W </span>is a guess at the width of the name column. This is first set to the width
+of the name column header: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\settowidth{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -8095,22 +8479,19 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> If any names in that column are larger than this, then you need to specify the widest
name using:
-<!--l. 4304--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 4396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetWidest{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">widest name</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4306--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4398--><p class="noindent" >
or
-</p><!--l. 4308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidest{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 4310--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" >
These work like the analogous commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest</span>
@@ -8120,6 +8501,9 @@ class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
widest name is obtained from the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
id="dx1-22027"></a> top-level name if set, otherwise it&#8217;s empty,
+
+
+
so you can use <a
id="dx1-22028"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -8127,7 +8511,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>&#8217;s</a> <span
class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option. If you have the entry counter enabled,
you will need to include this with the name for the extra material to be taken into
account.
-</p><!--l. 4320--><p class="indent" > The name isn&#8217;t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you
+</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="indent" > The name isn&#8217;t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you
want to use <a
id="dx1-22029"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -8136,46 +8520,46 @@ class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option (for <a
id="dx1-22030"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+) then you need to
redefine:
-</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4418--><p class="noindent" >
This does nothing by default, but if you are including the child names then you need
to redefine this command:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glslongextraUpdateWidest{#2}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4333--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to
+&#x00A0;\glslongextraUpdateWidest{#2}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4425--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to
redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span>. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraSetDescWidth}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\linewidth}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4342--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4344--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\linewidth}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4434--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4436--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set
with:
-</p><!--l. 4346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4348--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="noindent" >
This first uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span
class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -8187,30 +8571,30 @@ you can redefine this command. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslongextraSetDescWidth
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addtolength{\glsdescwidth}{-3cm}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4359--><p class="nopar" > or
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslongextraSetDescWidth
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addtolength{\glsdescwidth}{-3cm}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4451--><p class="nopar" > or
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.5\linewidth}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4365--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4367--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.5\linewidth}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4457--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4459--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>
is set using:
-</p><!--l. 4369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4461--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4371--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4463--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span
class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -8220,13 +8604,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. You can redefine this command to set
both <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>if appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column,
+</p><!--l. 4469--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set using:
-</p><!--l. 4379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4381--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4473--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span
class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -8234,13 +8618,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. Again, you can redefine this command to
explicitly set both lengths.
-</p><!--l. 4387--><p class="indent" > In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4479--><p class="indent" > In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4480--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4482--><p class="noindent" >
This does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -8257,51 +8641,51 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> which includes the entry counter (if enabled), the target and the post-name
link.
-<!--l. 4397--><p class="indent" > The top-level description is formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 4489--><p class="indent" > The top-level description is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4490--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" >
This does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 4404--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using:
-</p><!--l. 4405--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4496--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using:
+</p><!--l. 4497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4407--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4499--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4410--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list using:
-</p><!--l. 4411--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4502--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list using:
+</p><!--l. 4503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">locations</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4413--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4505--><p class="noindent" >
This just does &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">locations</span>&#x27E9; and ignores the label.
-</p><!--l. 4416--><p class="indent" > The child entries have their name formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4508--><p class="indent" > The child entries have their name formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubNameFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4419--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4511--><p class="noindent" >
where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9; is the hierarchical level. This defaults to: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -8317,34 +8701,34 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> This includes the sub-entry counter (if enabled) and the target but doesn&#8217;t show the
name. The child description is formatted according to:
-<!--l. 4426--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 4518--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubDescFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4428--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</p><!--l. 4431--><p class="indent" > The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to:
-</p><!--l. 4432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4523--><p class="indent" > The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to:
+</p><!--l. 4524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubSymbolFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 4437--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries
+</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries
using:
-</p><!--l. 4439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubLocationFmt</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -8353,41 +8737,41 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">locations</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4441--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4533--><p class="noindent" >
This just does &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">locations</span>&#x27E9; and ignores the level and label.
-</p><!--l. 4444--><p class="indent" > The letter group headings are formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="indent" > The letter group headings are formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraGroupHeading{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4447--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4539--><p class="noindent" >
which does nothing by default. The first argument &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; is the number of columns in the
table. The second argument &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the group label (not the title, although they may
happen to be the same).
-</p><!--l. 4453--><p class="indent" > This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example:
+</p><!--l. 4545--><p class="indent" > This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
\renewcommand*{\glslongextraGroupHeading}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#2}{\thisgrptitle}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslongextraHeaderFmt{\thisgrptitle}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\tabularnewline
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\noalign{\vskip\normalbaselineskip}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4461--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#2}{\thisgrptitle}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslongextraHeaderFmt{\thisgrptitle}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\tabularnewline
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\noalign{\vskip\normalbaselineskip}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4553--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column
formatted according to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt </span>(to match the column
header).
-</p><!--l. 4466--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The
+</p><!--l. 4558--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The
name column&#8217;s title is given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span>, the description column&#8217;s title is given by
<span
@@ -8395,22 +8779,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname </span>and (where present) the symbol column&#8
<span
class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span>, as for the other long styles that have headers.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a
id="dx1-22044"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-22045"></a> style but doesn&#8217;t show the
- location list (regardless of the <a
+ id="dx1-22045"></a> style but doesn&#8217;t show
+ the location list (regardless of the <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-22046"></a> option). The name is shown in
- the first column and the description in the second.
- <!--l. 4479--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with:
- </p><!--l. 4481--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22046"></a> option). The name is shown
+ in the first column and the description in the second.
+ </p><!--l. 4571--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with:
+ </p><!--l. 4573--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4483--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4575--><p class="noindent" >
This essentially uses the same code as for <span
class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a
id="dx1-22048"></a> but makes it
@@ -8420,20 +8806,20 @@ class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader\endhead
- &#x00A0;<br />\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter\endfoot
-</div>
- <!--l. 4490--><p class="nopar" > where:
- </p><!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ \glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter\endfoot
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 4582--><p class="nopar" > where:
+ </p><!--l. 4584--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4494--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4586--><p class="noindent" >
sets up the header and
- </p><!--l. 4496--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4588--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4498--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4590--><p class="noindent" >
sets up the footer. If you have setup the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22051"></a><a
@@ -8444,7 +8830,7 @@ class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22054"></a> environment
(and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span>isn&#8217;t used).
- </p><!--l. 4504--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span
+ </p><!--l. 4596--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22055"></a><a
id="dx1-22056"></a>
@@ -8453,81 +8839,90 @@ class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraNameDescHeader}{}
-</div>
- <!--l. 4508--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred:
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 4600--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraNameAlign}{c}
-</div>
- <!--l. 4512--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 4604--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-loc</span><a
id="dx1-22057"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-22058"></a> style but has a third column for
- the location list. The <span
+ id="dx1-22058"></a> style but has a third column
+ for the location list. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22059"></a><a
id="dx1-22060"></a> header is given by:
- <!--l. 4517--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22061"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4609--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4519--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4611--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22062"></a><a
id="dx1-22063"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4522--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4614--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4524--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4616--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4618--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4528--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-name</span><a
id="dx1-22066"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-22067"></a> style but swaps the columns. Note
- that if the entry counter is displayed it will appear at the start of the
+ id="dx1-22067"></a> style but swaps the columns.
+ Note that if the entry counter is displayed it will appear at the start of the
second column by default. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22068"></a><a
id="dx1-22069"></a> header is formatted according
to:
- <!--l. 4535--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22070"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4627--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4537--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22071"></a><a
id="dx1-22072"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4540--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4632--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4542--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4634--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4544--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4636--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4546--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4638--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-name</span><a
id="dx1-22075"></a> This has three columns containing the location list,
description and name. The <span
@@ -8535,272 +8930,289 @@ class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22076"></a><a
id="dx1-22077"></a> header is formatted according
to:
-
-
-
- <!--l. 4552--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22078"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4644--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22078"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4554--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4646--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22079"></a><a
id="dx1-22080"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4557--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4649--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22081"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4559--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4651--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4561--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4563--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4655--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4657--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4657--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a
id="dx1-22083"></a> This is has three columns, with the name in the first, the
description in the second and the symbol in the third.
- <!--l. 4569--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 4661--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22084"></a><a
id="dx1-22085"></a> header row is produced with:
- </p><!--l. 4570--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22086"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4572--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22087"></a><a
id="dx1-22088"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4575--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4667--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22089"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4577--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4669--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4579--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4671--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22090"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4581--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4673--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4675--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4675--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a
id="dx1-22091"></a> This is has four columns, with the name in the first, the
description in the second, the symbol in the third and the location list in the
fourth.
- <!--l. 4587--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 4679--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22092"></a><a
id="dx1-22093"></a> header row is produced with:
- </p><!--l. 4588--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4680--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22094"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4590--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4682--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22095"></a><a
id="dx1-22096"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4593--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4685--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22097"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4595--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4687--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4597--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4689--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22098"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4599--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-
+ </p><!--l. 4691--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc</span><a
id="dx1-22099"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a
- id="dx1-22100"></a> but the second and third
- column are swapped. The <span
+ id="dx1-22100"></a> but the second and
+ third column are swapped. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22101"></a><a
id="dx1-22102"></a> header row is given by:
- <!--l. 4604--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22103"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4696--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22103"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4698--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22104"></a><a
id="dx1-22105"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4609--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22106"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4611--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4703--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4613--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4705--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22107"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4615--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4707--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4709--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4709--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc-loc</span><a
id="dx1-22108"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a
- id="dx1-22109"></a> but the second and
- third column are swapped. The <span
+ id="dx1-22109"></a> but the
+ second and third column are swapped. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22110"></a><a
- id="dx1-22111"></a> header row is given by:
- <!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22112"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22111"></a> header row is given
+ by:
+ </p><!--l. 4712--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22112"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4714--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22113"></a><a
id="dx1-22114"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4625--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4717--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22115"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4627--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 4719--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4721--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22116"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4631--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4723--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4725--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4725--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sym-desc-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22117"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in the
- second and the name in the third. The <span
+ id="dx1-22117"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in
+ the second and the name in the third. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22118"></a><a
id="dx1-22119"></a> header row is given
by:
- <!--l. 4636--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22120"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4728--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22120"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4638--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4730--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22121"></a><a
id="dx1-22122"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4641--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4733--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22123"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4643--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4735--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4645--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4737--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22124"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4647--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-
+ </p><!--l. 4739--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4741--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4741--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-loc-sym-desc-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22125"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in the
- second column, the description in the third and the name in the fourth. The
+ id="dx1-22125"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in
+ the second column, the description in the third and the name in the fourth. The
<span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22126"></a><a
id="dx1-22127"></a> header row is given by:
- <!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22128"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4745--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22128"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4655--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4747--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22129"></a><a
id="dx1-22130"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4658--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4750--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22131"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4660--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4752--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4754--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22132"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4756--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4758--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4758--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sym-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22133"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in the
- second and the name in the third. The <span
+ id="dx1-22133"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in
+ the second and the name in the third. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22134"></a><a
id="dx1-22135"></a> header row is given
by:
- <!--l. 4669--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22136"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4761--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22136"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4671--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22137"></a><a
id="dx1-22138"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4674--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4766--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22139"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4676--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4768--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4678--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4770--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22140"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4680--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4772--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd
-class="description"><span
+ <!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-sym-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22141"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the description
- in the second column, the symbol in the third and the name in the fourth. The
- <span
+ id="dx1-22141"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the
+ description in the second column, the symbol in the third and the name in the
+ fourth. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-22142"></a><a
id="dx1-22143"></a> header row is given by:
- <!--l. 4686--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22144"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4778--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22144"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4688--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4780--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
id="dx1-22145"></a><a
id="dx1-22146"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4691--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4783--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22147"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4785--><p class="noindent" >
and
-
-
-
- </p><!--l. 4695--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 4787--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-22148"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4697--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4789--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+<!--l. 4793--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4793--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a
id="x1-230003.3"></a><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 4704--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span
+<!--l. 4796--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary
package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a
@@ -8820,10 +9232,12 @@ class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
id="dx1-23005"></a>
style.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 4806--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">topic</span><a
- id="dx1-23006"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style is similar to the <span
+ id="dx1-23006"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4806--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
id="dx1-23007"></a> style but the indentation doesn&#8217;t start until
the second sub-item level. The top-level entries have the name displayed
@@ -8832,48 +9246,50 @@ class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
id="dx1-23008"></a> setting.
- </dd><dt class="description">
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">topicmcols</span><a
- id="dx1-23009"></a> </dt><dd
-class="description">This style is like the <span
+ id="dx1-23009"></a> </p></dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" >This style is like the <span
class="cmss-10">topic</span><a
- id="dx1-23010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a
- <span
+ id="dx1-23010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a <span
class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
id="dx1-23011"></a><a
- id="dx1-23012"></a> environment. The environment name is supplied in the value of the
+ id="dx1-23012"></a>
+ environment. The environment name is supplied in the value of the
command:
- <!--l. 4724--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23013"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicColsEnv </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4726--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4818--><p class="noindent" >
You can change this to the starred form. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
\renewcommand{\glstopicColsEnv}{multicols*}
-</div>
- <!--l. 4730--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command:
- </p><!--l. 4732--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 4822--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command:
+ </p><!--l. 4824--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-23014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicCols </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4734--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4826--><p class="noindent" >
The default value is 2.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4737--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands.
-</p><!--l. 4738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands.
+</p><!--l. 4830--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-23015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicParIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4740--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4832--><p class="noindent" >
This command is a length that&#8217;s used for the paragraph indentation in any
multi-paragraph description for top-level entries, but not for the first paragraph (at
the start of the description) which isn&#8217;t indented.
-</p><!--l. 4746--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-23016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4748--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4840--><p class="noindent" >
This command is a length that&#8217;s used to calculate the hanging indentation for
sub-entries. The level&#x00A0;1 sub-entries don&#8217;t indent the name. Level&#x00A0;<span
class="cmmi-10">n </span>sub-entries have
@@ -8883,20 +9299,32 @@ class="cmsy-10">- </span>1)<span
class="cmsy-10">&#x00D7;</span><span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent</span>. The hanging indent depends on
whether or not a widest name has been set for the level.
-</p><!--l. 4755--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 4847--><p class="indent" > As from v1.46, there is also a length for additional indentation used
+in the second paragraph onwards for child entries with multi-paragraph
+descriptions:
+</p><!--l. 4850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-23017"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemParIndent </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4852--><p class="noindent" >
+This is initialised to <span
+class="cmtt-10">\parindent</span><a
+ id="dx1-23018"></a> when <span
+class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a
+ id="dx1-23019"></a> is loaded.
+</p><!--l. 4856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicInit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4757--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4858--><p class="noindent" >
Hook used at the start of the glossary. Does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 4760--><p class="indent" > Although the styles don&#8217;t support letter groups by default, if you have many
+</p><!--l. 4861--><p class="indent" > Although the styles don&#8217;t support letter groups by default, if you have many
topics (top-level entries) and you feel that it would help the reader to divide them up
into headed letter groups, you can redefine:
-</p><!--l. 4764--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23018"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicGroupHeading{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">group label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4766--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4867--><p class="noindent" >
This does nothing by default. If you want to redefine it, you can fetch the
title corresponding to the group label with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgetgrouptitle</span>. For
@@ -8905,120 +9333,120 @@ example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
\renewcommand*{\glstopicGroupHeading}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#1}{\thisgrptitle}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\section*{\thisgrptitle}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4775--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a
- id="dx1-23019"></a><a
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#1}{\thisgrptitle}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\section*{\thisgrptitle}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4876--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a
+ id="dx1-23022"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you will need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span>) switch to
support this.
-</p><!--l. 4779--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicItem{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4781--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4882--><p class="noindent" >
Used to format the name, symbol, description and location list for the top-level
entries. This starts with a paragraph break followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4785--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23021"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPreSkip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4787--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4888--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\medskip</span>. There is then a hook:
-</p><!--l. 4789--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23022"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4890--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMarker{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4791--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4892--><p class="noindent" >
which does nothing by default, but may be redefined. For example, to add a line to
the table of contents. The name and symbol are set in the form of a title
using:
-</p><!--l. 4796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23023"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4798--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4899--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname </span>which converts the first letter to upper case. If there&#8217;s a
symbol, this is added in parentheses. Both name and symbol (if present) are
encapsulated by
-</p><!--l. 4802--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23024"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitleFont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4804--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="noindent" >
This uses a bold, large font by default.
-</p><!--l. 4807--><p class="indent" > If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span
+</p><!--l. 4908--><p class="indent" > If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span>) then a
paragraph break is inserted followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4809--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23025"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMidSkip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4811--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4912--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is followed by the description which is formatted
according to:
-</p><!--l. 4814--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23026"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicDesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4917--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description
hook.
-</p><!--l. 4820--><p class="indent" > A paragraph break followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4821--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23027"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4921--><p class="indent" > A paragraph break followed by:
+</p><!--l. 4922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPostSkip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4823--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4924--><p class="noindent" >
comes next regardless of whether or not the description was displayed. This defaults
to <span
class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is then followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23028"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicLoc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location list</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="noindent" >
which may be used to display the location list, but does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 4833--><p class="indent" > The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using:
-</p><!--l. 4835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23029"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="indent" > The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using:
+</p><!--l. 4936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignSubIndent{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4837--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4938--><p class="noindent" >
This uses:
-</p><!--l. 4839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23030"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignWidest{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4841--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4942--><p class="noindent" >
to determine if a widest name has been set for the given level.
-</p><!--l. 4844--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry has its information displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 4845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23031"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4945--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry has its information displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 4946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItem{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
@@ -9026,63 +9454,63 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4847--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4948--><p class="noindent" >
This encapsulates the name with:
-</p><!--l. 4849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23032"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubNameFont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4851--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="noindent" >
By default this just uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span>. This is followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23033"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemSep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4855--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4956--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\quad</span>. The name and separator are passed in the &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; argument
of:
-</p><!--l. 4858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23034"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemBox{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4961--><p class="noindent" >
If a widest name was set for the given level, this will put &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; inside a box of that
width otherwise it just does &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 4865--><p class="indent" > This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set. Then, if the description is set,
+</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="indent" > This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set. Then, if the description is set,
the description and post-description hook are displayed followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23035"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubPreLocSep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4870--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4971--><p class="noindent" >
(This command isn&#8217;t used if the description isn&#8217;t set.)
-</p><!--l. 4873--><p class="indent" > Finally the location list is displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 4874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23036"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="indent" > Finally the location list is displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 4975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-23039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubLoc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4876--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4977--><p class="noindent" >
which just does &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9; by default.
</p>
-<!--l. 4879--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 4879--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4980--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a
id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4882--><p class="indent" > The new abbreviation system provided by <span
+</p><!--l. 4983--><p class="indent" > The new abbreviation system provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is more flexible
than the acronym handling provided by the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The
@@ -9096,7 +9524,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(and its variants) displays the desired output.
See the file <a
href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.pdf" >sample-abbr-styles.pdf</a> for samples of all provided abbreviation
styles.
-</p><!--l. 4894--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use <span
+</p><!--l. 4995--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-24001"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span><a
@@ -9115,24 +9543,24 @@ of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. If you don&#8217;t want the full form to show on first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>use one of the
&#8220;nolong&#8221; or &#8220;noshort&#8221; styles. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4903--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="indent" > This lack of flexibility in <span
+</p><!--l. 5004--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5006--><p class="indent" > This lack of flexibility in <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>can be demonstrated with the following
document:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{footnote}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{ex}{EX}{Example}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />Compare&#x00A0;\gls{ex}['s]&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;\glsfirst{ex}['s].
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4917--><p class="nopar" > The <a
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{footnote}
+\newabbreviation{ex}{EX}{Example}
+\begin{document}
+Compare&#x00A0;\gls{ex}['s]&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;\glsfirst{ex}['s].
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5018--><p class="nopar" > The <a
id="dx1-24005"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>has the footnote marker after the inserted material &#8220;EX&#8217;s<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
@@ -9147,7 +9575,7 @@ class="cmss-10">postfootnote</span></a><a
inserted material as <span
class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a
id="dx1-24007"></a> is in the post-link hook.
-</p><!--l. 4925--><p class="indent" > There are some instances where <span
+</p><!--l. 5026--><p class="indent" > There are some instances where <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>can be useful. It&#8217;s used internally by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span><a
@@ -9162,7 +9590,7 @@ is more appropriate. In this particular situation, there&#8217;s no need to worr
about inserted material as the final optional argument isn&#8217;t supported by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
+</p><!--l. 5035--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
&#8220;laser&#8221;), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as &#8220;html&#8221;, that aren&#8217;t
pronounced as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often
replaced by an apostrophe, such as &#8220;don&#8217;t&#8221;). The &#8220;acronym&#8221; code provided by the
@@ -9175,10 +9603,10 @@ to be <span
class="cmti-10">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore
more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the
glossary.
-</p><!--l. 4946--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5047--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better
abbreviation handling, with
-</p><!--l. 4948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-24011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9189,48 +9617,51 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span
+</p><!--l. 5051--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5053--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
id="dx1-24012"></a> key to <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may be
-overridden in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;. The category may have attributes that modify the way
-abbreviations are defined. For example, the <a
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may
+be overridden in &#x27E8;<span
+class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;. The category may have attributes that modify
+the way abbreviations are defined. For example, the <a
href="#catattr.insertdots"><span
class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24013"></a> attribute will automatically
-insert full stops (periods) into &#x27E8;<span
+ id="dx1-24013"></a> attribute
+will automatically insert full stops (periods) into &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; or the <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24014"></a> attribute will set the default
-value of the <span
+ id="dx1-24014"></a>
+attribute will set the default value of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-24015"></a> key to just &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (without appending the plural suffix). See <a
+class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (without
+appending the plural suffix). See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>6
-</a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 4962--><p class="indent" > See <a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further
+details.
+</p><!--l. 5063--><p class="indent" > See <a
href="#sec:nested"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2.8 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:nested </a><a
href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> regarding the pitfalls of using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-24016"></a> or
-<span
+ id="dx1-24016"></a>
+
+
+
+or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
id="dx1-24017"></a> within &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; or &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;.
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
+</p><!--l. 5067--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
or they may not be correctly applied. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4969--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4971--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5072--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-24018"></a> command provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by
@@ -9242,9 +9673,10 @@ class="cmss-10">category</span><a
class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(see also
<a
href="#sec:acronymmods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2.9 </a><a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:acronymmods </a><a
href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>) so
-</p><!--l. 4975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-24020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9255,7 +9687,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4977--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5078--><p class="noindent" >
is
now
equivalent
@@ -9278,7 +9710,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 4984--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package&#8217;s <span
@@ -9298,13 +9730,13 @@ class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
styles provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, although they may produce similar
results.)
-</p><!--l. 4994--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 5095--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>varies according
to the abbreviation style. The styles are set according to the entry&#8217;s category so,
unlike the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you can have different abbreviation styles within
the same glossary.
-</p><!--l. 5000--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
+</p><!--l. 5101--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
<a
id="dx1-24025"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> by commands like <span
@@ -9325,7 +9757,7 @@ href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-24030"></a>, the display and inline full forms are
different.
-</p><!--l. 5007--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren&#8217;t stored in the <span
+</p><!--l. 5108--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren&#8217;t stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-24031"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
@@ -9344,72 +9776,73 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
id="dx1-24035"></a> and the case-changing variants don&#8217;t use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary
+</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary
text using
-</p><!--l. 5017--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-24036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuseabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 5019--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="noindent" >
where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9; is the category label that identifies the abbreviation style. Similarly
for the formatting command use by the long form:
-</p><!--l. 5023--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-24037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuselongfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5025--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5027--><p class="indent" > You can&#8217;t use the acronym commands provided by the base package with the new
+</p><!--l. 5126--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5128--><p class="indent" > You can&#8217;t use the acronym commands provided by the base package with the new
abbreviations provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package. The style commands that
replace <span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>etc are described in <a
href="#sec:abbrstyle"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>4.2 </a><a
-href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>.
-The <a
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrstyle
+</a><a
+href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>. The <a
href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span
class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24038"></a> package option and associated commands aren&#8217;t supported. The
-<span
+ id="dx1-24038"></a> package option and associated commands
+aren&#8217;t supported. The <span
class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-24039"></a> command, which iterates over all acronym lists, should be replaced
-with:
-</p><!--l. 5034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24039"></a> command, which iterates over all acronym
+lists, should be replaced with:
+</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-24040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\forallabbreviationlists{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5036--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5137--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5038--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5139--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a
id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3>
-<!--l. 5041--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
+<!--l. 5142--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 5044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-25001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">categories</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="noindent" >
before you define your abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 5049--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines &#x27E8;<span
+</p><!--l. 5150--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; (a control sequence) to accept a single
argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal
behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in
@@ -9418,19 +9851,19 @@ href="#catattr.tagging"><span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
id="dx1-25002"></a> attribute set to
&#8220;true&#8221;. For those cases it will use
-</p><!--l. 5056--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-25003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5058--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="noindent" >
This command defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\underline</span><a
id="dx1-25004"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>but may be redefined as required.
-</p><!--l. 5062--><p class="indent" > The control sequence &#x27E8;<span
+</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="indent" > The control sequence &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; can&#8217;t already be defined when used with the unstarred
version of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred
@@ -9439,19 +9872,24 @@ class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;. As with redefining any
commands, ensure that you don&#8217;t redefine something important. In fact, just
forget the existence of the starred version and let&#8217;s pretend I didn&#8217;t mention
it.
-</p><!--l. 5071--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated list
-of category names. The <a
+</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated
+list of category names. The <a
href="#catattr.tagging"><span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for those
-categories. You can later set this attribute for other categories (see <a
+ id="dx1-25005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for
+those categories. You can later set this attribute for other categories (see
+<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>6 </a><a
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but
-this must be done before the glossary is displayed.
-</p><!--l. 5078--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but this must be done before the glossary is
+displayed.
+</p><!--l. 5179--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both
+
+
+
the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-25006"></a> and <span
@@ -9461,47 +9899,47 @@ class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5083--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5184--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span
class="cmtt-10">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For
example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
\newacronym
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={a&#x00A0;system&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;detecting&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;location&#x00A0;and
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;speed&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;ships,&#x00A0;aircraft,&#x00A0;etc,&#x00A0;through&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radio
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;waves}%&#x00A0;description&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;term
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;]
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{radar}%&#x00A0;identifying&#x00A0;label
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{radar}%&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;(i.e.&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;word)
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\itag{ra}dio&#x00A0;\itag{d}etection&#x00A0;\itag{a}nd&#x00A0;\itag{r}anging}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{e\itag{x}tensible&#x00A0;\itag{m}arkup&#x00A0;\itag{l}anguage}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5098--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
+&#x00A0;[description={a&#x00A0;system&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;detecting&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;location&#x00A0;and
+&#x00A0;speed&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;ships,&#x00A0;aircraft,&#x00A0;etc,&#x00A0;through&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radio
+&#x00A0;waves}%&#x00A0;description&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;term
+&#x00A0;]
+&#x00A0;{radar}%&#x00A0;identifying&#x00A0;label
+&#x00A0;{radar}%&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;(i.e.&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;word)
+&#x00A0;{\itag{ra}dio&#x00A0;\itag{d}etection&#x00A0;\itag{a}nd&#x00A0;\itag{r}anging}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
+&#x00A0;{e\itag{x}tensible&#x00A0;\itag{m}arkup&#x00A0;\itag{l}anguage}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5199--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
entries with the <a
href="#catattr.tagging"><span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
id="dx1-25008"></a> attribute set.
-</p><!--l. 5103--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5204--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5103--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5204--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a
id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 5106--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
-</p><!--l. 5108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 5207--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
+</p><!--l. 5209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5110--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5211--><p class="noindent" >
where &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">style-name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the style and &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9; is the category label
@@ -9523,11 +9961,11 @@ class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-26004"></a> attribute to
<span
class="cmtt-10">true</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5121--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
+</p><!--l. 5222--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
different category to each group and set the style for the given category.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5125--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5127--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 5226--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
id="dx1-26005"></a> is disabled by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -9545,10 +9983,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span><a
id="dx1-26006"></a> (see
<a
href="#sec:acronymmods"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>2.9 </a><a
-href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym interface is
-incompatible with all the commands described here.
-<!--l. 5137--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:acronymmods </a><a
+href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym
+interface is incompatible with all the commands described here.
+<!--l. 5238--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-26007"></a>,
@@ -9558,7 +9997,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-26009"></a>).
The short form can be produced with:
-</p><!--l. 5141--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9567,12 +10006,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5143--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5244--><p class="noindent" >
(Use this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
id="dx1-26011"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5146--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with
+</p><!--l. 5248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9581,13 +10020,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5149--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5250--><p class="noindent" >
(Use this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
id="dx1-26013"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5152--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmti-10">inline </span>full form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 5153--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9596,11 +10035,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5155--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5256--><p class="noindent" >
(This this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
id="dx1-26015"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5158--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it&#8217;s best not to use commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 5259--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it&#8217;s best not to use commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-26016"></a> for abbreviations,
especially if you use the &#x27E8;<span
@@ -9608,8 +10047,8 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; optional argument. Use either <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(possibly with a
reset) or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5165--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
+</p><!--l. 5264--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5266--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
used on <a
id="dx1-26017"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span
@@ -9620,21 +10059,22 @@ class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
short form on <a
id="dx1-26019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the
short form in parentheses.
-</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
+</p><!--l. 5273--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
commands described in <a
href="#sec:headtitle"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span>5 </a><a
-href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and
-Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5178--><p class="indent" > The arguments &#x27E8;<span
+class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:headtitle </a><a
+href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers,
+Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div>
+</p><!--l. 5277--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5279--><p class="indent" > The arguments &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; are the same as for commands such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5182--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 5183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5283--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 5284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9643,9 +10083,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5185--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5187--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 5188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5288--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 5289--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9654,9 +10094,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5192--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 5193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5291--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5293--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 5294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9665,12 +10105,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5195--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5197--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 5296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5298--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 5198--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5299--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9679,9 +10119,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5200--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5202--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5301--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 5304--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9690,9 +10130,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5205--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5207--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 5208--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5308--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 5309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9701,10 +10141,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5210--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available.
-</p><!--l. 5214--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 5215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5311--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5313--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available.
+</p><!--l. 5315--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 5316--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9713,8 +10153,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5217--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5318--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9723,8 +10163,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5220--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5221--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9733,9 +10173,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5223--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5225--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 5226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5326--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 5327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9744,8 +10184,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5229--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5330--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9754,8 +10194,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5231--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5232--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5332--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9764,9 +10204,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5234--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5236--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 5237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5337--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 5338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9775,8 +10215,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5239--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5340--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9785,8 +10225,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5243--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-26034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -9795,8 +10235,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5245--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span
+</p><!--l. 5346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5348--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl </span>and
@@ -9811,13 +10251,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>etc.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5354--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a
id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 5258--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the <a
+<!--l. 5359--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a
@@ -9832,13 +10272,14 @@ class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
id="dx1-27003"></a>. (You can use both settings at the
same time.) The provided shortcut commands listed in <a
-href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table&#x00A0;4.1</a>.
+href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table&#x00A0;<span
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>tab:abbrshortcuts</a>.
</p>
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 5265--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 5366--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -9848,7 +10289,7 @@ href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table&#x00A0;4.1</a>.
><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;4.1: </span><span
class="content">Abbreviation Shortcut Commands</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-270041 -->
<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-3" class="tabular"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+
><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col
id="TBL-3-1" /><col
id="TBL-3-2" /><col
@@ -10156,10 +10597,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 5303--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5404--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4 </span> <a
id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
+<!--l. 5407--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
regular entry (so that <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-28001"></a> uses <span
@@ -10170,7 +10611,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-28003"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a
id="dx1-28004"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5311--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a
+</p><!--l. 5412--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-28005"></a> attribute to &#8220;true&#8221; for the
@@ -10195,7 +10636,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long</span><a
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
id="dx1-28013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5320--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don&#8217;t modify the <a
+</p><!--l. 5421--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don&#8217;t modify the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-28014"></a> attribute. The <span
@@ -10215,17 +10656,17 @@ format (through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a
id="dx1-28019"></a> that are defined by the
style).
-</p><!--l. 5328--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a
+</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a
id="dx1-28020"></a>first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-28021"></a> may not match the text produced by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-28022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions).
-</p><!--l. 5332--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span
+</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex </span>demonstrates all predefined styles
described here.
-</p><!--l. 5335--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the &#8220;sc&#8221; styles that use <span
+</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the &#8220;sc&#8221; styles that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
id="dx1-28023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as
some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold
@@ -10234,8 +10675,8 @@ class="cmss-10">fontenc</span><a
id="dx1-28024"></a> package with the <span
class="cmss-10">T1</span>
option or something similar. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5343--><p class="indent" > Many of the styles have helper commands in the form <span
+</p><!--l. 5442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" > Many of the styles have helper commands in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr...name </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr...sort </span>that are expanded within the <span
@@ -10254,27 +10695,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">\the</span><a
class="cmti-10">register</span>&#x27E9;. It&#8217;s essential that these expand when the abbreviation is
defined so don&#8217;t hide them behind no-expandable content if you redefine these helper
commands.
-</p><!--l. 5352--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5453--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-28029"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 5354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5457--><p class="noindent" >
to set the parenthetical material. This just puts parentheses around the text:
(&#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 5360--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5461--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-28031"></a> and <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-28032"></a> use
-</p><!--l. 5362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5463--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
@@ -10282,149 +10723,151 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5364--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form. This just does &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; by default. (That is, no font change is
applied.) On first use,
-</p><!--l. 5367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5369--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5470--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. By default, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span>. The long form is
formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 5372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="noindent" >
which again just does &#x27E8;<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; (no font change). On first use,
-</p><!--l. 5376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5378--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5479--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span>. The plural suffix used for the
short form is given by
-</p><!--l. 5381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5383--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a
id="dx1-28038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5386--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5487--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
id="dx1-28039"></a> and <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-28040"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 5388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5489--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5491--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x4" id="fn1x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-28042f1"></a>
On first use
-</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-28043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5398--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10"&g